summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/532.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '532.txt')
-rw-r--r--532.txt6845
1 files changed, 6845 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/532.txt b/532.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a4d558
--- /dev/null
+++ b/532.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,6845 @@
+Project Gutenberg's At the Foot of the Rainbow, by Gene Stratton-Porter
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: At the Foot of the Rainbow
+
+Author: Gene Stratton-Porter
+
+Posting Date: September 13, 2008 [EBook #532]
+Release Date: May, 1996
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AT THE FOOT OF THE RAINBOW ***
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+At the Foot of the Rainbow
+
+
+by
+
+Gene Stratton-Porter
+
+
+
+
+ "And the bow shall be set in the cloud; and I will look upon it,
+ that I may remember the everlasting covenant between God and
+ every living creature of all flesh that is upon the earth."
+ --GENESIS, ix-16.
+
+
+
+
+Contents
+
+ I. THE RAT-CATCHERS OF THE WABASH
+ II. RUBEN O'KHAYAM AND THE MILK PAIL
+ III. THE FIFTY COONS OF THE CANOPER
+ IV. WHEN THE KINGFISHER AND THE BLACK BASS CAME HOME
+ V. WHEN THE RAINBOW SET ITS ARCH IN THE SKY
+ VI. THE HEART OF MARY MALONE
+ VII. THE APPLE OF DISCORD BECOMES A JOINTED ROD
+ VIII. WHEN THE BLACK BASS STRUCK
+ IX. WHEN JIMMY MALONE CAME TO CONFESSION
+ X. DANNIE'S RENUNCIATION
+ XI. THE POT OF GOLD
+
+
+
+
+
+GENE STRATTON-PORTER
+
+A LITTLE STORY OF HER LIFE AND WORK
+
+For several years Doubleday, Page & Company have been receiving
+repeated requests for information about the life and books of Gene
+Stratton-Porter. Her fascinating nature work with bird, flower, and
+moth, and the natural wonders of the Limberlost Swamp, made famous as
+the scene of her nature romances, all have stirred much curiosity among
+readers everywhere.
+
+Mrs. Porter did not possess what has been called "an aptitude for
+personal publicity." Indeed, up to the present, she has discouraged
+quite successfully any attempt to stress the personal note. It is
+practically impossible, however, to do the kind of work she has
+done--to make genuine contributions to natural science by her wonderful
+field work among birds, insects, and flowers, and then, through her
+romances, to bring several hundred thousands of people to love and
+understand nature in a way they never did before--without arousing a
+legitimate interest in her own history, her ideals, her methods of
+work, and all that underlies the structure of her unusual achievement.
+
+Her publishers have felt the pressure of this growing interest and it
+was at their request that she furnished the data for a biographical
+sketch that was to be written of her. But when this actually came to
+hand, the present compiler found that the author had told a story so
+much more interesting than anything he could write of her, that it
+became merely a question of how little need be added.
+
+The following pages are therefore adapted from what might be styled the
+personal record of Gene Stratton-Porter. This will account for the very
+intimate picture of family life in the Middle West for some years
+following the Civil War.
+
+Mark Stratton, the father of Gene Stratton-Porter, described his wife,
+at the time of their marriage, as a "ninety-pound bit of pink
+porcelain, pink as a wild rose, plump as a partridge, having a big rope
+of bright brown hair, never ill a day in her life, and bearing the
+loveliest name ever given a woman--Mary." He further added that "God
+fashioned her heart to be gracious, her body to be the mother of
+children, and as her especial gift of Grace, he put Flower Magic into
+her fingers." Mary Stratton was the mother of twelve lusty babies, all
+of whom she reared past eight years of age, losing two a little over
+that, through an attack of scarlet fever with whooping cough; too ugly
+a combination for even such a wonderful mother as she. With this brood
+on her hands she found time to keep an immaculate house, to set a table
+renowned in her part of the state, to entertain with unfailing
+hospitality all who came to her door, to beautify her home with such
+means as she could command, to embroider and fashion clothing by hand
+for her children; but her great gift was conceded by all to be the
+making of things to grow. At that she was wonderful. She started dainty
+little vines and climbing plants from tiny seeds she found in rice and
+coffee. Rooted things she soaked in water, rolled in fine sand, planted
+according to habit, and they almost never failed to justify her
+expectations. She even grew trees and shrubs from slips and cuttings no
+one else would have thought of trying to cultivate, her last resort
+being to cut a slip diagonally, insert the lower end in a small potato,
+and plant as if rooted. And it nearly always grew!
+
+There is a shaft of white stone standing at her head in a cemetery that
+belonged to her on a corner of her husband's land; but to Mrs. Porter's
+mind her mother's real monument is a cedar of Lebanon which she set in
+the manner described above. The cedar tops the brow of a little hill
+crossing the grounds. She carried two slips from Ohio, where they were
+given to her by a man who had brought the trees as tiny things from the
+holy Land. She planted both in this way, one in her dooryard and one in
+her cemetery. The tree on the hill stands thirty feet tall now, topping
+all others, and has a trunk two feet in circumference.
+
+Mrs. Porter's mother was of Dutch extraction, and like all Dutch women
+she worked her special magic with bulbs, which she favoured above other
+flowers. Tulips, daffodils, star flowers, lilies, dahlias, little
+bright hyacinths, that she called "blue bells," she dearly loved. From
+these she distilled exquisite perfume by putting clusters, & time of
+perfect bloom, in bowls lined with freshly made, unsalted butter,
+covering them closely, and cutting the few drops of extract thus
+obtained with alcohol. "She could do more different things," says the
+author, "and finish them all in a greater degree of perfection than any
+other woman I have ever known. If I were limited to one adjective in
+describing her, 'capable' would be the word."
+
+The author's father was descended from a long line of ancestors of
+British blood. He was named for, and traced his origin to, that first
+Mark Stratton who lived in New York, married the famous beauty, Anne
+Hutchinson, and settled on Stratton Island, afterward corrupted to
+Staten, according to family tradition. From that point back for
+generations across the sea he followed his line to the family of
+Strattons of which the Earl of Northbrooke is the present head. To his
+British traditions and the customs of his family, Mark Stratton clung
+with rigid tenacity, never swerving from his course a particle under
+the influence of environment or association. All his ideas were
+clear-cut; no man could influence him against his better judgment. He
+believed in God, in courtesy, in honour, and cleanliness, in beauty,
+and in education. He used to say that he would rather see a child of
+his the author of a book of which he could be proud, than on the throne
+of England, which was the strongest way he knew to express himself. His
+very first earnings he spent for a book; when other men rested, he
+read; all his life he was a student of extraordinarily tenacious
+memory. He especially loved history: Rollands, Wilson's Outlines, Hume,
+Macauley, Gibbon, Prescott, and Bancroft, he could quote from all of
+them paragraphs at a time contrasting the views of different writers on
+a given event, and remembering dates with unfailing accuracy. "He could
+repeat the entire Bible," says Mrs. Stratton-Porter, "giving chapters
+and verses, save the books of Generations; these he said 'were a waste
+of gray matter to learn.' I never knew him to fail in telling where any
+verse quoted to him was to be found in the Bible." And she adds: "I was
+almost afraid to make these statements, although there are many living
+who can corroborate them, until John Muir published the story of his
+boyhood days, and in it I found the history of such rearing as was my
+father's, told of as the customary thing among the children of Muir's
+time; and I have referred many inquirers as to whether this feat were
+possible, to the Muir book."
+
+All his life, with no thought of fatigue or of inconvenience to
+himself, Mark Stratton travelled miles uncounted to share what he had
+learned with those less fortunately situated, by delivering sermons,
+lectures, talks on civic improvement and politics. To him the love of
+God could be shown so genuinely in no other way as in the love of his
+fellowmen. He worshipped beauty: beautiful faces, souls, hearts,
+beautiful landscapes, trees, animals, flowers. He loved colour: rich,
+bright colour, and every variation down to the faintest shadings. He
+was especially fond of red, and the author carefully keeps a cardinal
+silk handkerchief that he was carrying when stricken with apoplexy at
+the age of seventy-eight. "It was so like him," she comments, "to have
+that scrap of vivid colour in his pocket. He never was too busy to
+fertilize a flower bed or to dig holes for the setting of a tree or
+bush. A word constantly on his lips was 'tidy.' It applied equally to a
+woman, a house, a field, or a barn lot. He had a streak of genius in
+his make-up: the genius of large appreciation. Over inspired Biblical
+passages, over great books, over sunlit landscapes, over a white violet
+abloom in deep shade, over a heroic deed of man, I have seen his brow
+light up, his eyes shine."
+
+Mrs. Porter tells us that her father was constantly reading aloud to
+his children and to visitors descriptions of the great deeds of men.
+Two "hair-raisers" she especially remembers with increased heart-beats
+to this day were the story of John Maynard, who piloted a burning boat
+to safety while he slowly roasted at the wheel. She says the old thrill
+comes back when she recalls the inflection of her father's voice as he
+would cry in imitation of the captain: "John Maynard!" and then give
+the reply. "Aye, aye, sir!" His other until it sank to a mere gasp:
+favourite was the story of Clemanthe, and her lover's immortal answer
+to her question: "Shall we meet again?"
+
+To this mother at forty-six, and this father at fifty, each at
+intellectual top-notch, every faculty having been stirred for years by
+the dire stress of Civil War, and the period immediately following, the
+author was born. From childhood she recalls "thinking things which she
+felt should be saved," and frequently tugging at her mother's skirts
+and begging her to "set down" what the child considered stories and
+poems. Most of these were some big fact in nature that thrilled her,
+usually expressed in Biblical terms; for the Bible was read twice a day
+before the family and helpers, and an average of three services were
+attended on Sunday.
+
+Mrs. Porter says that her first all-alone effort was printed in wabbly
+letters on the fly-leaf of an old grammar. It was entitled: "Ode to the
+Moon." "Not," she comments, "that I had an idea what an 'ode' was,
+other than that I had heard it discussed in the family together with
+different forms of poetic expression. The spelling must have been by
+proxy: but I did know the words I used, what they meant, and the idea I
+was trying to convey.
+
+"No other farm was ever quite so lovely as the one on which I was born
+after this father and mother had spent twenty-five years beautifying
+it," says the author. It was called "Hopewell" after the home of some
+of her father's British ancestors. The natural location was perfect,
+the land rolling and hilly, with several flowing springs and little
+streams crossing it in three directions, while plenty of forest still
+remained. The days of pioneer struggles were past. The roads were
+smooth and level as floors, the house and barn commodious; the family
+rode abroad in a double carriage trimmed in patent leather, drawn by a
+matched team of gray horses, and sometimes the father "speeded a
+little" for the delight of the children. "We had comfortable clothing,"
+says Mrs. Porter, "and were getting our joy from life without that
+pinch of anxiety which must have existed in the beginning, although I
+know that father and mother always held steady, and took a large
+measure of joy from life in passing."
+
+Her mother's health, which always had been perfect, broke about the
+time of the author's first remembrance due to typhoid fever contracted
+after nursing three of her children through it. She lived for several
+years, but with continual suffering, amounting at times to positive
+torture.
+
+So it happened, that led by impulse and aided by an escape from the
+training given her sisters, instead of "sitting on a cushion and sewing
+a fine seam"--the threads of the fabric had to be counted and just so
+many allowed to each stitch!--this youngest child of a numerous
+household spent her waking hours with the wild. She followed her father
+and the boys afield, and when tired out slept on their coats in fence
+corners, often awaking with shy creatures peering into her face. She
+wandered where she pleased, amusing herself with birds, flowers,
+insects, and plays she invented. "By the day," writes the author, "I
+trotted from one object which attracted me to another, singing a little
+song of made-up phrases about everything I saw while I waded catching
+fish, chasing butterflies over clover fields, or following a bird with
+a hair in its beak; much of the time I carried the inevitable baby for
+a woman-child, frequently improvised from an ear of corn in the silk,
+wrapped in catalpa leaf blankets."
+
+She had a corner of the garden under a big Bartlett pear tree for her
+very own, and each spring she began by planting radishes and lettuce
+when the gardening was done; and before these had time to sprout she
+set the same beds full of spring flowers, and so followed out the
+season. She made special pets of the birds, locating nest after nest,
+and immediately projecting herself into the daily life of the
+occupants. "No one," she says, "ever taught me more than that the birds
+were useful, a gift of God for our protection from insect pests on
+fruit and crops; and a gift of Grace in their beauty and music, things
+to be rigidly protected. From this cue I evolved the idea myself that I
+must be extremely careful, for had not my father tied a 'kerchief over
+my mouth when he lifted me for a peep into the nest of the
+humming-bird, and did he not walk softly and whisper when he approached
+the spot? So I stepped lightly, made no noise, and watched until I knew
+what a mother bird fed her young before I began dropping bugs, worms,
+crumbs, and fruit into little red mouths that opened at my tap on the
+nest quite as readily as at the touch of the feet of the mother bird."
+
+In the nature of this child of the out-of-doors there ran a fibre of
+care for wild things. It was instinct with her to go slowly, to touch
+lightly, to deal lovingly with every living thing: flower, moth, bird,
+or animal. She never gathered great handfuls of frail wild flowers,
+carried them an hour and threw them away. If she picked any, she took
+only a few, mostly to lay on her mother's pillow--for she had a habit
+of drawing comfort from a cinnamon pink or a trillium laid where its
+delicate fragrance reached her with every breath. "I am quite sure,"
+Mrs. Porter writes, "that I never in my life, in picking flowers,
+dragged up the plant by the roots, as I frequently saw other people do.
+I was taught from infancy to CUT a bloom I wanted. My regular habit was
+to lift one plant of each kind, especially if it were a species new to
+me, and set it in my wild-flower garden."
+
+To the birds and flowers the child added moths and butterflies, because
+she saw them so frequently, the brilliance of colour in yard and garden
+attracting more than could be found elsewhere. So she grew with the
+wild, loving, studying, giving all her time. "I fed butterflies
+sweetened water and rose leaves inside the screen of a cellar window,"
+Mrs. Porter tells us; "doctored all the sick and wounded birds and
+animals the men brought me from afield; made pets of the baby squirrels
+and rabbits they carried in for my amusement; collected wild flowers;
+and as I grew older, gathered arrow points and goose quills for sale in
+Fort Wayne. So I had the first money I ever earned."
+
+Her father and mother had strong artistic tendencies, although they
+would have scoffed at the idea themselves, yet the manner in which they
+laid off their fields, the home they built, the growing things they
+preserved, the way they planted, the life they led, all go to prove
+exactly that thing. Their bush--and vine-covered fences crept around
+the acres they owned in a strip of gaudy colour; their orchard lay in a
+valley, a square of apple trees in the centre widely bordered by peach,
+so that it appeared at bloom time like a great pink-bordered white
+blanket on the face of earth. Swale they might have drained, and would
+not, made sheets of blue flag, marigold and buttercups. From the home
+you could not look in any direction without seeing a picture of beauty.
+
+"Last spring," the author writes in a recent letter, "I went back with
+my mind fully made up to buy that land at any reasonable price, restore
+it to the exact condition in which I knew it as a child, and finish my
+life there. I found that the house had been burned, killing all the big
+trees set by my mother's hands immediately surrounding it. The hills
+were shorn and ploughed down, filling and obliterating the creeks and
+springs. Most of the forest had been cut, and stood in corn. My old
+catalpa in the fence corner beside the road and the Bartlett pear under
+which I had my wild-flower garden were all that was left of the
+dooryard, while a few gnarled apple trees remained of the orchard,
+which had been reset in another place. The garden had been moved, also
+the lanes; the one creek remaining out of three crossed the meadow at
+the foot of the orchard. It flowed a sickly current over a dredged bed
+between bare, straight banks. The whole place seemed worse than a
+dilapidated graveyard to me. All my love and ten times the money I had
+at command never could have put back the face of nature as I knew it on
+that land."
+
+As a child the author had very few books, only three of her own outside
+of school books. "The markets did not afford the miracles common with
+the children of today," she adds. "Books are now so numerous, so cheap,
+and so bewildering in colour and make-up, that I sometimes think our
+children are losing their perspective and caring for none of them as I
+loved my few plain little ones filled with short story and poem, almost
+no illustration. I had a treasure house in the school books of my
+elders, especially the McGuffey series of Readers from One to Six. For
+pictures I was driven to the Bible, dictionary, historical works read
+by my father, agricultural papers, and medical books about cattle and
+sheep.
+
+"Near the time of my mother's passing we moved from Hopewell to the
+city of Wabash in order that she might have constant medical attention,
+and the younger children better opportunities for schooling. Here we
+had magazines and more books in which I was interested. The one volume
+in which my heart was enwrapt was a collection of masterpieces of
+fiction belonging to my eldest sister. It contained 'Paul and
+Virginia,' 'Undine,' 'Picciola,' 'The Vicar of Wakefield,' 'Pilgrim's
+Progress,' and several others I soon learned by heart, and the reading
+and rereading of those exquisitely expressed and conceived stories may
+have done much in forming high conceptions of what really constitutes
+literature and in furthering the lofty ideals instilled by my parents.
+One of these stories formed the basis of my first publicly recognized
+literary effort."
+
+Reared by people who constantly pointed out every natural beauty, using
+it wherever possible to drive home a precept, the child lived
+out-of-doors with the wild almost entirely. If she reported promptly
+three times a day when the bell rang at meal time, with enough clothing
+to constitute a decent covering, nothing more was asked until the
+Sabbath. To be taken from such freedom, her feet shod, her body
+restricted by as much clothing as ever had been worn on Sunday, shut up
+in a schoolroom, and set to droning over books, most of which she
+detested, was the worst punishment ever inflicted upon her she
+declares. She hated mathematics in any form and spent all her time on
+natural science, language, and literature. "Friday afternoon," writes
+Mrs. Porter, "was always taken up with an exercise called
+'rhetoricals,' a misnomer as a rule, but let that pass. Each week
+pupils of one of the four years furnished entertainment for the
+assembled high school and faculty. Our subjects were always assigned,
+and we cordially disliked them. This particular day I was to have a
+paper on 'Mathematical Law.'
+
+"I put off the work until my paper had been called for several times,
+and so came to Thursday night with excuses and not a line. I was told
+to bring my work the next morning without fail. I went home in hot
+anger. Why in all this beautiful world, would they not allow me to do
+something I could do, and let any one of four members of my class who
+revelled in mathematics do my subject? That evening I was distracted.
+'I can't do a paper on mathematics, and I won't!' I said stoutly; 'but
+I'll do such a paper on a subject I can write about as will open their
+foolish eyes and make them see how wrong they are.'"
+
+Before me on the table lay the book I loved, the most wonderful story
+in which was 'Picciola' by Saintine. Instantly I began to write.
+Breathlessly I wrote for hours. I exceeded our limit ten times over.
+The poor Italian Count, the victim of political offences, shut by
+Napoleon from the wonderful grounds, mansion, and life that were his,
+restricted to the bare prison walls of Fenestrella, deprived of books
+and writing material, his one interest in life became a sprout of
+green, sprung, no doubt, from a seed dropped by a passing bird, between
+the stone flagging of the prison yard before his window. With him I had
+watched over it through all the years since I first had access to the
+book; with him I had prayed for it. I had broken into a cold sweat of
+fear when the jailer first menaced it; I had hated the wind that bent
+it roughly, and implored the sun. I had sung a paean of joy at its
+budding, and worshipped in awe before its thirty perfect blossoms. The
+Count had named it 'Picciola'--the little one--to me also it was a
+personal possession. That night we lived the life of our 'little one'
+over again, the Count and I, and never were our anxieties and our joys
+more poignant.
+
+"Next morning," says Mrs. Porter, "I dared my crowd to see how long
+they could remain on the grounds, and yet reach the assembly room
+before the last toll of the bell. This scheme worked. Coming in so late
+the principal opened exercises without remembering my paper. Again, at
+noon, I was as late as I dared be, and I escaped until near the close
+of the exercises, through which I sat in cold fear. When my name was
+reached at last the principal looked at me inquiringly and then
+announced my inspiring mathematical subject. I arose, walked to the
+front, and made my best bow. Then I said: 'I waited until yesterday
+because I knew absolutely nothing about my subject'--the audience
+laughed--'and I could find nothing either here or in the library at
+home, so last night I reviewed Saintine's masterpiece, "Picciola."'
+
+"Then instantly I began to read. I was almost paralyzed at my audacity,
+and with each word I expected to hear a terse little interruption.
+Imagine my amazement when I heard at the end of the first page: 'Wait a
+minute!' Of course I waited, and the principal left the room. A moment
+later she reappeared accompanied by the superintendent of the city
+schools. 'Begin again,' she said. 'Take your time.'
+
+"I was too amazed to speak. Then thought came in a rush. My paper was
+good. It was as good as I had believed it. It was better than I had
+known. I did go on! We took that assembly room and the corps of
+teachers into our confidence, the Count and I, and told them all that
+was in our hearts about a little flower that sprang between the paving
+stones of a prison yard. The Count and I were free spirits. From the
+book I had learned that. He got into political trouble through it, and
+I had got into mathematical trouble, and we told our troubles. One
+instant the room was in laughter, the next the boys bowed their heads,
+and the girls who had forgotten their handkerchiefs cried in their
+aprons. For almost sixteen big foolscap pages I held them, and I was
+eager to go on and tell them more about it when I reached the last
+line. Never again was a subject forced upon me."
+
+After this incident of her schooldays, what had been inclination before
+was aroused to determination and the child neglected her lessons to
+write. A volume of crude verse fashioned after the metre of Meredith's
+"Lucile," a romantic book in rhyme, and two novels were the fruits of
+this youthful ardour. Through the sickness and death of a sister, the
+author missed the last three months of school, but, she remarks,
+"unlike my schoolmates, I studied harder after leaving school than ever
+before and in a manner that did me real good. The most that can be said
+of what education I have is that it is the very best kind in the world
+for me; the only possible kind that would not ruin a person of my
+inclinations. The others of my family had been to college; I always
+have been too thankful for words that circumstances intervened which
+saved my brain from being run through a groove in company with dozens
+of others of widely different tastes and mentality. What small measure
+of success I have had has come through preserving my individual point
+of view, method of expression, and following in after life the Spartan
+regulations of my girlhood home. Whatever I have been able to do, has
+been done through the line of education my father saw fit to give me,
+and through his and my mother's methods of rearing me.
+
+"My mother went out too soon to know, and my father never saw one of
+the books; but he knew I was boiling and bubbling like a yeast jar in
+July over some literary work, and if I timidly slipped to him with a
+composition, or a faulty poem, he saw good in it, and made suggestions
+for its betterment. When I wanted to express something in colour, he
+went to an artist, sketched a design for an easel, personally
+superintended the carpenter who built it, and provided tuition. On that
+same easel I painted the water colours for 'Moths of the Limberlost,'
+and one of the most poignant regrets of my life is that he was not
+there to see them, and to know that the easel which he built through
+his faith in me was finally used in illustrating a book.
+
+"If I thought it was music through which I could express myself, he
+paid for lessons and detected hidden ability that should be developed.
+Through the days of struggle he stood fast; firm in his belief in me.
+He was half the battle. It was he who demanded a physical standard that
+developed strength to endure the rigours of scientific field and
+darkroom work, and the building of ten books in ten years, five of
+which were on nature subjects, having my own illustrations, and five
+novels, literally teeming with natural history, true to nature. It was
+he who demanded of me from birth the finishing of any task I attempted
+and who taught me to cultivate patience to watch and wait, even years,
+if necessary, to find and secure material I wanted. It was he who daily
+lived before me the life of exactly such a man as I portrayed in 'The
+Harvester,' and who constantly used every atom of brain and body power
+to help and to encourage all men to do the same."
+
+Marriage, a home of her own, and a daughter for a time filled the
+author's hands, but never her whole heart and brain. The book fever lay
+dormant a while, and then it became a compelling influence. It
+dominated the life she lived, the cabin she designed for their home,
+and the books she read. When her daughter was old enough to go to
+school, Mrs. Porter's time came. Speaking of this period, she says: "I
+could not afford a maid, but I was very strong, vital to the marrow,
+and I knew how to manage life to make it meet my needs, thanks to even
+the small amount I had seen of my mother. I kept a cabin of fourteen
+rooms, and kept it immaculate. I made most of my daughter's clothes, I
+kept a conservatory in which there bloomed from three to six hundred
+bulbs every winter, tended a house of canaries and linnets, and cooked
+and washed dishes besides three times a day. In my spare time (mark the
+word, there was time to spare else the books never would have been
+written and the pictures made) I mastered photography to such a degree
+that the manufacturers of one of our finest brands of print paper once
+sent the manager of their factory to me to learn how I handled it. He
+frankly said that they could obtain no such results with it as I did.
+He wanted to see my darkroom, examine my paraphernalia, and have me
+tell him exactly how I worked. As I was using the family bathroom for a
+darkroom and washing negatives and prints on turkey platters in the
+kitchen, I was rather put to it when it came to giving an exhibition.
+It was scarcely my fault if men could not handle the paper they
+manufactured so that it produced the results that I obtained, so I said
+I thought the difference might lie in the chemical properties of the
+water, and sent this man on his way satisfied. Possibly it did. But I
+have a shrewd suspicion it lay in high-grade plates, a careful
+exposure, judicious development, with self-compounded chemicals
+straight from the factory, and C.P. I think plates swabbed with wet
+cotton before development, intensified if of short exposure, and
+thoroughly swabbed again before drying, had much to do with it; and
+paper handled in the same painstaking manner had more. I have hundreds
+of negatives in my closet made twelve years ago, in perfect condition
+for printing from to-day, and I never have lost a plate through fog
+from imperfect development and hasty washing; so my little mother's
+rule of 'whatsoever thy hands find to do, do it with thy might,' held
+good in photography."
+
+Thus had Mrs. Porter made time to study and to write, and editors began
+to accept what she sent them with little if any changes. She began by
+sending photographic and natural history hints to Recreation, and with
+the first installment was asked to take charge of the department and
+furnish material each month for which she was to be paid at current
+prices in high-grade photographic material. We can form some idea of
+the work she did under this arrangement from the fact that she had over
+one thousand dollars' worth of equipment at the end of the first year.
+The second year she increased this by five hundred, and then accepted a
+place on the natural history staff of Outing, working closely with Mr.
+Casper Whitney. After a year of this helpful experience Mrs. Porter
+began to turn her attention to what she calls "nature studies sugar
+coated with fiction." Mixing some childhood fact with a large degree of
+grown-up fiction, she wrote a little story entitled "Laddie, the
+Princess, and the Pie."
+
+"I was abnormally sensitive," says the author, "about trying to
+accomplish any given thing and failing. I had been taught in my home
+that it was black disgrace to undertake anything and fail. My husband
+owned a drug and book store that carried magazines, and it was not
+possible to conduct departments in any of them and not have it known;
+but only a few people in our locality read these publications, none of
+them were interested in nature photography, or natural science, so what
+I was trying to do was not realized even by my own family.
+
+"With them I was much more timid than with the neighbours. Least of all
+did I want to fail before my man Person and my daughter and our
+respective families; so I worked in secret, sent in my material, and
+kept as quiet about it as possible. On Outing I had graduated from the
+camera department to an illustrated article each month, and as this
+kept up the year round, and few illustrations could be made in winter,
+it meant that I must secure enough photographs of wild life in summer
+to last during the part of the year when few were to be had.
+
+"Every fair day I spent afield, and my little black horse and load of
+cameras, ropes, and ladders became a familiar sight to the country folk
+of the Limberlost, in Rainbow Bottom, the Canoper, on the banks of the
+Wabash, in woods and thickets and beside the roads; but few people
+understood what I was trying to do, none of them what it would mean
+were I to succeed. Being so afraid of failure and the inevitable
+ridicule in a community where I was already severly criticised on
+account of my ideas of housekeeping, dress, and social customs, I
+purposely kept everything I did as quiet as possible. It had to be
+known that I was interested in everything afield, and making pictures;
+also that I was writing field sketches for nature publications, but
+little was thought of it, save as one more, peculiarity, in me. So when
+my little story was finished I went to our store and looked over the
+magazines. I chose one to which we did not subscribe, having an
+attractive cover, good type, and paper, and on the back of an old
+envelope, behind the counter, I scribbled: Perriton Maxwell, 116 Nassau
+Street, New York, and sent my story on its way.
+
+"Then I took a bold step, the first in my self-emancipation. Money was
+beginning to come in, and I had some in my purse of my very own that I
+had earned when no one even knew I was working. I argued that if I kept
+my family so comfortable that they missed nothing from their usual
+routine, it was my right to do what I could toward furthering my
+personal ambitions in what time I could save from my housework. And
+until I could earn enough to hire capable people to take my place, I
+held rigidly to that rule. I who waded morass, fought quicksands,
+crept, worked from ladders high in air, and crossed water on improvised
+rafts without a tremor, slipped with many misgivings into the
+postoffice and rented a box for myself, so that if I met with failure
+my husband and the men in the bank need not know what I had attempted.
+That was early May; all summer I waited. I had heard that it required a
+long time for an editor to read and to pass on matter sent him; but my
+waiting did seem out of all reason. I was too busy keeping my cabin and
+doing field work to repine; but I decided in my own mind that Mr.
+Maxwell was a 'mean old thing' to throw away my story and keep the
+return postage. Besides, I was deeply chagrined, for I had thought
+quite well of my effort myself, and this seemed to prove that I did not
+know even the first principles of what would be considered an
+interesting story.
+
+"Then one day in September I went into our store on an errand and the
+manager said to me: 'I read your story in the Metropolitan last night.
+It was great! Did you ever write any fiction before?'
+
+"My head whirled, but I had learned to keep my own counsels, so I said
+as lightly as I could, while my heart beat until I feared he could hear
+it: 'No. Just a simple little thing! Have you any spare copies? My
+sister might want one.'
+
+"He supplied me, so I hurried home, and shutting myself in the library,
+I sat down to look my first attempt at fiction in the face. I quite
+agreed with the manager that it was 'great.' Then I wrote Mr. Maxwell a
+note telling him that I had seen my story in his magazine, and saying
+that I was glad he liked it enough to use it. I had not known a letter
+could reach New York and bring a reply so quickly as his answer came.
+It was a letter that warmed the deep of my heart. Mr. Maxwell wrote
+that he liked my story very much, but the office boy had lost or
+destroyed my address with the wrappings, so after waiting a reasonable
+length of time to hear from me, he had illustrated it the best he
+could, and printed it. He wrote that so many people had spoken to him
+of a new, fresh note in it, that he wished me to consider doing him
+another in a similar vein for a Christmas leader and he enclosed my
+very first check for fiction.
+
+"So I wrote: 'How Laddie and the Princess Spelled Down at the Christmas
+Bee.' Mr. Maxwell was pleased to accept that also, with what I
+considered high praise, and to ask me to furnish the illustrations. He
+specified that he wanted a frontispiece, head and tail pieces, and six
+or seven other illustrations. Counting out the time for his letter to
+reach me, and the material to return, I was left with just ONE day in
+which to secure the pictures. They had to be of people costumed in the
+time of the early seventies and I was short of print paper and
+chemicals. First, I telephoned to Fort Wayne for the material I wanted
+to be sent without fail on the afternoon train. Then I drove to the
+homes of the people I wished to use for subjects and made appointments
+for sittings, and ransacked the cabin for costumes. The letter came on
+the eight A.M. train. At ten o'clock I was photographing Colonel Lupton
+beside my dining-room fireplace for the father in the story. At eleven
+I was dressing and posing Miss Lizzie Huart for the princess. At twelve
+I was picturing in one of my bed rooms a child who served finely for
+Little Sister, and an hour later the same child in a cemetery three
+miles in the country where I used mounted butterflies from my cases,
+and potted plants carried from my conservatory, for a graveyard scene.
+The time was early November, but God granted sunshine that day, and
+short focus blurred the background. At four o'clock I was at the
+schoolhouse, and in the best-lighted room with five or six models, I
+was working on the spelling bee scenes. By six I was in the darkroom
+developing and drying these plates, every one of which was good enough
+to use. I did my best work with printing-out paper, but I was compelled
+to use a developing paper in this extremity, because it could be worked
+with much more speed, dried a little between blotters, and mounted. At
+three o'clock in the morning I was typing the quotations for the
+pictures, at four the parcel stood in the hall for the six o'clock
+train, and I realized that I wanted a drink, food, and sleep, for I had
+not stopped a second for anything from the time of reading Mr.
+Maxwell's letter until his order was ready to mail. For the following
+ten years I was equally prompt in doing all work I undertook, whether
+pictures or manuscript, without a thought of consideration for self;
+and I disappointed the confident expectations of my nearest and dearest
+by remaining sane, normal, and almost without exception the healthiest
+woman they knew."
+
+This story and its pictures were much praised, and in the following
+year the author was asked for several stories, and even used bird
+pictures and natural history sketches, quite an innovation for a
+magazine at that time. With this encouragement she wrote and
+illustrated a short story of about ten thousand words, and sent it to
+the Century. Richard Watson Gilder advised Mrs. Porter to enlarge it to
+book size, which she did. This book is "The Cardinal." Following Mr.
+Gilder's advice, she recast the tale and, starting with the mangled
+body of a cardinal some marksman had left in the road she was
+travelling, in a fervour of love for the birds and indignation at the
+hunter, she told the Cardinal's life history in these pages.
+
+The story was promptly accepted and the book was published with very
+beautiful half-tones, and cardinal buckram cover. Incidentally, neither
+the author's husband nor daughter had the slightest idea she was
+attempting to write a book until work had progressed to that stage
+where she could not make a legal contract without her husband's
+signature. During the ten years of its life this book has gone through
+eight different editions, varying in form and make-up from the birds in
+exquisite colour, as colour work advanced and became feasible, to a
+binding of beautiful red morocco, a number of editions of differing
+design intervening. One was tried in gray binding, the colour of the
+female cardinal, with the red male used as an inset. Another was
+woodsgreen with the red male, and another red with a wild rose design
+stamped in. There is a British edition published by Hodder and
+Stoughton. All of these had the author's own illustrations which
+authorities agree are the most complete studies of the home life and
+relations of a pair of birds ever published.
+
+The story of these illustrations in "The Cardinal" and how the author
+got them will be a revelation to most readers. Mrs. Porter set out to
+make this the most complete set of bird illustrations ever secured, in
+an effort to awaken people to the wonder and beauty and value of the
+birds. She had worked around half a dozen nests for two years and had
+carried a lemon tree from her conservatory to the location of one nest,
+buried the tub, and introduced the branches among those the birds used
+in approaching their home that she might secure proper illustrations
+for the opening chapter, which was placed in the South. When the
+complete bird series was finished, the difficult work over, and there
+remained only a few characteristic Wabash River studies of flowers,
+vines, and bushes for chapter tail pieces to be secured, the author
+"met her Jonah," and her escape was little short of a miracle.
+
+After a particularly strenuous spring afield, one teeming day in early
+August she spent the morning in the river bottom beside the Wabash. A
+heavy rain followed by August sun soon had her dripping while she made
+several studies of wild morning glories, but she was particularly
+careful to wrap up and drive slowly going home, so that she would not
+chill. In the afternoon the author went to the river northeast of town
+to secure mallow pictures for another chapter, and after working in
+burning sun on the river bank until exhausted, she several times waded
+the river to examine bushes on the opposite bank. On the way home she
+had a severe chill, and for the following three weeks lay twisted in
+the convulsions of congestion, insensible most of the time. Skilled
+doctors and nurses did their best, which they admitted would have
+availed nothing if the patient had not had a constitution without a
+flaw upon which to work.
+
+"This is the history," said Mrs. Porter, "of one little tail piece
+among the pictures. There were about thirty others, none so strenuous,
+but none easy, each having a living, fighting history for me. If I were
+to give in detail the story of the two years' work required to secure
+the set of bird studies illustrating 'The Cardinal,' it would make a
+much larger book than the life of the bird."
+
+"The Cardinal" was published in June of 1903. On the 20th of October,
+1904, "Freckles" appeared. Mrs. Porter had been delving afield with all
+her heart and strength for several years, and in the course of her work
+had spent every other day for three months in the Limberlost swamp,
+making a series of studies of the nest of a black vulture. Early in her
+married life she had met a Scotch lumberman, who told her of the swamp
+and of securing fine timber there for Canadian shipbuilders, and later
+when she had moved to within less than a mile of its northern boundary,
+she met a man who was buying curly maple, black walnut, golden oak,
+wild cherry, and other wood extremely valuable for a big furniture
+factory in Grand Rapids. There was one particular woman, of all those
+the author worked among, who exercised herself most concerning her. She
+never failed to come out if she saw her driving down the lane to the
+woods, and caution her to be careful. If she felt that Mrs. Porter had
+become interested and forgotten that it was long past meal time, she
+would send out food and water or buttermilk to refresh her. She had her
+family posted, and if any of them saw a bird with a straw or a hair in
+its beak, they followed until they found its location. It was her
+husband who drove the stake and ploughed around the killdeer nest in
+the cornfield to save it for the author; and he did many other acts of
+kindness without understanding exactly what he was doing or why.
+"Merely that I wanted certain things was enough for those people,"
+writes Mrs. Porter. "Without question they helped me in every way their
+big hearts could suggest to them, because they loved to be kind, and to
+be generous was natural with them. The woman was busy keeping house and
+mothering a big brood, and every living creature that came her way,
+besides. She took me in, and I put her soul, body, red head, and all,
+into Sarah Duncan. The lumber and furniture man I combined in McLean.
+Freckles was a composite of certain ideals and my own field
+experiences, merged with those of Mr. Bob Burdette Black, who, at the
+expense of much time and careful work, had done more for me than any
+other ten men afield. The Angel was an idealized picture of my daughter.
+
+"I dedicated the book to my husband, Mr. Charles Darwin Porter, for
+several reasons, the chiefest being that he deserved it. When word was
+brought me by lumbermen of the nest of the Black Vulture in the
+Limberlost, I hastened to tell my husband the wonderful story of the
+big black bird, the downy white baby, the pale blue egg, and to beg
+back a rashly made promise not to work in the Limberlost. Being a
+natural history enthusiast himself, he agreed that I must go; but he
+qualified the assent with the proviso that no one less careful of me
+than he, might accompany me there. His business had forced him to allow
+me to work alone, with hired guides or the help of oilmen and farmers
+elsewhere; but a Limberlost trip at that time was not to be joked
+about. It had not been shorn, branded, and tamed. There were most
+excellent reasons why I should not go there. Much of it was
+impenetrable. Only a few trees had been taken out; oilmen were just
+invading it. In its physical aspect it was a treacherous swamp and
+quagmire filled with every plant, animal, and human danger known in the
+worst of such locations in the Central States.
+
+"A rod inside the swamp on a road leading to an oil well we mired to
+the carriage hubs. I shielded my camera in my arms and before we
+reached the well I thought the conveyance would be torn to pieces and
+the horse stalled. At the well we started on foot, Mr. Porter in
+kneeboots, I in waist-high waders. The time was late June; we forced
+our way between steaming, fetid pools, through swarms of gnats, flies,
+mosquitoes, poisonous insects, keeping a sharp watch for rattlesnakes.
+We sank ankle deep at every step, and logs we thought solid broke under
+us. Our progress was a steady succession of prying and pulling each
+other to the surface. Our clothing was wringing wet, and the exposed
+parts of our bodies lumpy with bites and stings. My husband found the
+tree, cleared the opening to the great prostrate log, traversed its
+unspeakable odours for nearly forty feet to its farthest recess, and
+brought the baby and egg to the light in his leaf-lined hat.
+
+"We could endure the location only by dipping napkins in deodorant and
+binding them over our mouths and nostrils. Every third day for almost
+three months we made this trip, until Little Chicken was able to take
+wing. Of course we soon made a road to the tree, grew accustomed to the
+disagreeable features of the swamp and contemptuously familiar with its
+dangers, so that I worked anywhere in it I chose with other assistance;
+but no trip was so hard and disagreeable as the first. Mr. Porter
+insisted upon finishing the Little Chicken series, so that 'deserve' is
+a poor word for any honour that might accrue to him for his part in the
+book."
+
+This was the nucleus of the book, but the story itself originated from
+the fact that one day, while leaving the swamp, a big feather with a
+shaft over twenty inches long came spinning and swirling earthward and
+fell in the author's path. Instantly she looked upward to locate the
+bird, which from the size and formation of the quill could have been
+nothing but an eagle; her eyes, well trained and fairly keen though
+they were, could not see the bird, which must have been soaring above
+range. Familiar with the life of the vulture family, the author changed
+the bird from which the feather fell to that described in "Freckles."
+Mrs. Porter had the old swamp at that time practically untouched, and
+all its traditions to work upon and stores of natural history material.
+This falling feather began the book which in a few days she had
+definitely planned and in six months completely written. Her title for
+it was "The Falling Feather," that tangible thing which came drifting
+down from Nowhere, just as the boy came, and she has always regretted
+the change to "Freckles." John Murray publishes a British edition of
+this book which is even better liked in Ireland and Scotland than in
+England.
+
+As "The Cardinal" was published originally not by Doubleday, Page &
+Company, but by another firm, the author had talked over with the
+latter house the scheme of "Freckles" and it had been agreed to publish
+the story as soon as Mrs. Porter was ready. How the book finally came
+to Doubleday, Page & Company she recounts as follows:
+
+"By the time 'Freckles' was finished, I had exercised my woman's
+prerogative and 'changed my mind'; so I sent the manuscript to
+Doubleday, Page & Company, who accepted it. They liked it well enough
+to take a special interest in it and to bring it out with greater
+expense than it was at all customary to put upon a novel at that time;
+and this in face of the fact that they had repeatedly warned me that
+the nature work in it would kill fully half its chances with the
+public. Mr. F.N. Doubleday, starting on a trip to the Bahamas, remarked
+that he would like to take a manuscript with him to read, and the
+office force decided to put 'Freckles' into his grip. The story of the
+plucky young chap won his way to the heart of the publishers, under a
+silk cotton tree, 'neath bright southern skies, and made such a friend
+of him that through the years of its book-life it has been the object
+of special attention. Mr. George Doran gave me a photograph which Mr.
+Horace MacFarland made of Mr. Doubleday during this reading of the Mss.
+of 'Freckles' which is especially interesting."
+
+That more than 2,000,000 readers have found pleasure and profit in Mrs.
+Porter's books is a cause for particular gratification. These stories
+all have, as a fundamental reason of their existence, the author's
+great love of nature. To have imparted this love to others--to have
+inspired many hundreds of thousands to look for the first time with
+seeing eyes at the pageant of the out-of-doors--is a satisfaction that
+must endure. For the part of the publishers, they began their business
+by issuing "Nature Books" at a time when the sale of such works was
+problematical. As their tastes and inclinations were along the same
+lines which Mrs. Porter loved to follow, it gave them great pleasure to
+be associated with her books which opened the eyes of so great a public
+to new and worthy fields of enjoyment.
+
+The history of "Freckles" is unique. The publishers had inserted
+marginal drawings on many pages, but these, instead of attracting
+attention to the nature charm of the book, seemed to have exactly a
+contrary effect. The public wanted a novel. The illustrations made it
+appear to be a nature book, and it required three long slow years for
+"Freckles" to pass from hand to hand and prove that there really was a
+novel between the covers, but that it was a story that took its own
+time and wound slowly toward its end, stopping its leisurely course for
+bird, flower, lichen face, blue sky, perfumed wind, and the closest
+intimacies of the daily life of common folk. Ten years have wrought a
+great change in the sentiment against nature work and the interest in
+it. Thousands who then looked upon the world with unobserving eyes are
+now straining every nerve to accumulate enough to be able to end life
+where they may have bird, flower, and tree for daily companions.
+
+Mrs. Porter's account of the advice she received at this time is
+particularly interesting. Three editors who read "Freckles" before it
+was published offered to produce it, but all of them expressed
+precisely the same opinion: "The book will never sell well as it is. If
+you want to live from the proceeds of your work, if you want to sell
+even moderately, you must CUT OUT THE NATURE STUFF." "Now to PUT IN THE
+NATURE STUFF," continues the author, "was the express purpose for which
+the book had been written. I had had one year's experience with 'The
+Song of the Cardinal,' frankly a nature book, and from the start I
+realized that I never could reach the audience I wanted with a book on
+nature alone. To spend time writing a book based wholly upon human
+passion and its outworking I would not. So I compromised on a book into
+which I put all the nature work that came naturally within its scope,
+and seasoned it with little bits of imagination and straight copy from
+the lives of men and women I had known intimately, folk who lived in a
+simple, common way with which I was familiar. So I said to my
+publishers: 'I will write the books exactly as they take shape in my
+mind. You publish them. I know they will sell enough that you will not
+lose. If I do not make over six hundred dollars on a book I shall never
+utter a complaint. Make up my work as I think it should be and leave it
+to the people as to what kind of book they will take into their hearts
+and homes.' I altered 'Freckles' slightly, but from that time on we
+worked on this agreement.
+
+"My years of nature work have not been without considerable insight
+into human nature, as well," continues Mrs. Porter. "I know its
+failings, its inborn tendencies, its weaknesses, its failures, its
+depth of crime; and the people who feel called upon to spend their time
+analyzing, digging into, and uncovering these sources of depravity have
+that privilege, more's the pity! If I had my way about it, this is a
+privilege no one could have in books intended for indiscriminate
+circulation. I stand squarely for book censorship, and I firmly believe
+that with a few more years of such books, as half a dozen I could
+mention, public opinion will demand this very thing. My life has been
+fortunate in one glad way: I have lived mostly in the country and
+worked in the woods. For every bad man and woman I have ever known, I
+have met, lived with, and am intimately acquainted with an overwhelming
+number of thoroughly clean and decent people who still believe in God
+and cherish high ideals, and it is UPON THE LIVES OF THESE THAT I BASE
+WHAT I WRITE. To contend that this does not produce a picture true to
+life is idiocy. It does. It produces a picture true to ideal life; to
+the best that good men and good women can do at level best.
+
+"I care very little for the magazine or newspaper critics who proclaim
+that there is no such thing as a moral man, and that my pictures of
+life are sentimental and idealized. They are! And I glory in them! They
+are straight, living pictures from the lives of men and women of
+morals, honour, and loving kindness. They form 'idealized pictures of
+life' because they are copies from life where it touches religion,
+chastity, love, home, and hope of heaven ultimately. None of these
+roads leads to publicity and the divorce court. They all end in the
+shelter and seclusion of a home.
+
+"Such a big majority of book critics and authors have begun to teach,
+whether they really believe it or not, that no book is TRUE TO LIFE
+unless it is true to the WORST IN LIFE, that the idea has infected even
+the women."
+
+In 1906, having seen a few of Mrs. Porter's studies of bird life, Mr.
+Edward Bok telegraphed the author asking to meet him in Chicago. She
+had a big portfolio of fine prints from plates for which she had gone
+to the last extremity of painstaking care, and the result was an order
+from Mr. Bok for a six months' series in the Ladies' Home Journal of
+the author's best bird studies accompanied by descriptions of how she
+secured them. This material was later put in book form under the title,
+"What I Have Done with Birds," and is regarded as authoritative on the
+subject of bird photography and bird life, for in truth it covers every
+phase of the life of the birds described, and contains much of other
+nature subjects.
+
+By this time Mrs. Porter had made a contract with her publishers to
+alternate her books. She agreed to do a nature book for love, and then,
+by way of compromise, a piece of nature work spiced with enough fiction
+to tempt her class of readers. In this way she hoped that they would
+absorb enough of the nature work while reading the fiction to send them
+afield, and at the same time keep in their minds her picture of what
+she considers the only life worth living. She was still assured that
+only a straight novel would "pay," but she was living, meeting all her
+expenses, giving her family many luxuries, and saving a little sum for
+a rainy day she foresaw on her horoscope. To be comfortably clothed and
+fed, to have time and tools for her work, is all she ever has asked of
+life.
+
+Among Mrs. Porter's readers "At the Foot of the Rainbow" stands as
+perhaps the author's strongest piece of fiction.
+
+In August of 1909 two books on which the author had been working for
+years culminated at the same time: a nature novel, and a straight
+nature book. The novel was, in a way, a continuation of "Freckles,"
+filled as usual with wood lore, but more concerned with moths than
+birds. Mrs. Porter had been finding and picturing exquisite big night
+flyers during several years of field work among the birds, and from
+what she could have readily done with them she saw how it would be
+possible for a girl rightly constituted and environed to make a living,
+and a good one, at such work. So was conceived "A Girl of the
+Limberlost." "This comes fairly close to my idea of a good book," she
+writes. "No possible harm can be done any one in reading it. The book
+can, and does, present a hundred pictures that will draw any reader in
+closer touch with nature and the Almighty, my primal object in each
+line I write. The human side of the book is as close a character study
+as I am capable of making. I regard the character of Mrs. Comstock as
+the best thought-out and the cleanest-cut study of human nature I have
+so far been able to do. Perhaps the best justification of my idea of
+this book came to me recently when I received an application from the
+President for permission to translate it into Arabic, as the first book
+to be used in an effort to introduce our methods of nature study into
+the College of Cairo."
+
+Hodder and Stoughton of London published the British edition of this
+work.
+
+At the same time that "A Girl of the Limberlost" was published there
+appeared the book called "Birds of the Bible." This volume took shape
+slowly. The author made a long search for each bird mentioned in the
+Bible, how often, where, why; each quotation concerning it in the whole
+book, every abstract reference, why made, by whom, and what it meant.
+Then slowly dawned the sane and true things said of birds in the Bible
+compared with the amazing statements of Aristotle, Aristophanes, Pliny,
+and other writers of about the same period in pagan nations. This led
+to a search for the dawn of bird history and for the very first
+pictures preserved of them. On this book the author expended more work
+than on any other she has ever written.
+
+In 1911 two more books for which Mrs. Porter had gathered material for
+long periods came to a conclusion on the same date: "Music of the Wild"
+and "The Harvester." The latter of these was a nature novel; the other
+a frank nature book, filled with all outdoors--a special study of the
+sounds one hears in fields and forests, and photographic reproductions
+of the musicians and their instruments.
+
+The idea of "The Harvester" was suggested to the author by an editor
+who wanted a magazine article, with human interest in it, about the
+ginseng diggers in her part of the country. Mr. Porter had bought
+ginseng for years for a drug store he owned; there were several people
+he knew still gathering it for market, and growing it was becoming a
+good business all over the country. Mrs. Porter learned from the United
+States Pharmacopaeia and from various other sources that the drug was
+used mostly by the Chinese, and with a wholly mistaken idea of its
+properties. The strongest thing any medical work will say for ginseng
+is that it is "A VERY MILD AND SOOTHING DRUG." It seems that the
+Chinese buy and use it in enormous quantities, in the belief that it is
+a remedy for almost every disease to which humanity is heir; that it
+will prolong life, and that it is a wonderful stimulant. Ancient
+medical works make this statement, laying special emphasis upon its
+stimulating qualities. The drug does none of these things. Instead of
+being a stimulant, it comes closer to a sedative. This investigation
+set the author on the search for other herbs that now are or might be
+grown as an occupation. Then came the idea of a man who should grow
+these drugs professionally, and of the sick girl healed by them. "I
+could have gone to work and started a drug farm myself," remarks Mrs.
+Porter, "with exactly the same profit and success as the Harvester. I
+wrote primarily to state that to my personal knowledge, clean, loving
+men still exist in this world, and that no man is forced to endure the
+grind of city life if he wills otherwise. Any one who likes, with even
+such simple means as herbs he can dig from fence corners, may start a
+drug farm that in a short time will yield him delightful work and
+independence. I WROTE THE BOOK AS I THOUGHT IT SHOULD BE WRITTEN, TO
+PROVE MY POINTS AND ESTABLISH MY CONTENTIONS. I THINK IT DID. MEN THE
+GLOBE AROUND PROMPTLY WROTE ME THAT THEY ALWAYS HAD OBSERVED THE MORAL
+CODE; OTHERS THAT THE SUBJECT NEVER IN ALL THEIR LIVES HAD BEEN
+PRESENTED TO THEM FROM MY POINT OF VIEW, BUT NOW THAT IT HAD BEEN, THEY
+WOULD CHANGE AND DO WHAT THEY COULD TO INFLUENCE ALL MEN TO DO THE
+SAME."
+
+Messrs. Hodder and Stoughton publish a British edition of "The
+Harvester," there is an edition in Scandinavian, it was running
+serially in a German magazine, but for a time at least the German and
+French editions that were arranged will be stopped by this war, as
+there was a French edition of "The Song of the Cardinal."
+
+After a short rest, the author began putting into shape a book for
+which she had been compiling material since the beginning of field
+work. From the first study she made of an exquisite big night moth,
+Mrs. Porter used every opportunity to secure more and representative
+studies of each family in her territory, and eventually found the work
+so fascinating that she began hunting cocoons and raising caterpillars
+in order to secure life histories and make illustrations with fidelity
+to life. "It seems," comments the author, "that scientists and
+lepidopterists from the beginning have had no hesitation in describing
+and using mounted moth and butterfly specimens for book text and
+illustration, despite the fact that their colours fade rapidly, that
+the wings are always in unnatural positions, and the bodies shrivelled.
+I would quite as soon accept the mummy of any particular member of the
+Rameses family as a fair representation of the living man, as a mounted
+moth for a live one."
+
+When she failed to secure the moth she wanted in a living and perfect
+specimen for her studies, the author set out to raise one, making
+photographic studies from the eggs through the entire life process.
+There was one June during which she scarcely slept for more than a few
+hours of daytime the entire month. She turned her bedroom into a
+hatchery, where were stored the most precious cocoons; and if she lay
+down at night it was with those she thought would produce moths before
+morning on her pillow, where she could not fail to hear them emerging.
+At the first sound she would be up with notebook in hand, and by dawn,
+busy with cameras. Then she would be forced to hurry to the darkroom
+and develop her plates in order to be sure that she had a perfect
+likeness, before releasing the specimen, for she did release all she
+produced except one pair of each kind, never having sold a moth,
+personally. Often where the markings were wonderful and complicated, as
+soon as the wings were fully developed Mrs. Porter copied the living
+specimen in water colours for her illustrations, frequently making
+several copies in order to be sure that she laid on the colour enough
+BRIGHTER than her subject so that when it died it would be exactly the
+same shade.
+
+"Never in all my life," writes the author, "have I had such exquisite
+joy in work as I had in painting the illustrations for this volume of
+'Moths of the Limberlost.' Colour work had advanced to such a stage
+that I knew from the beautiful reproductions in Arthur Rackham's
+'Rheingold and Valkyrie' and several other books on the market, that
+time so spent would not be lost. Mr. Doubleday had assured me
+personally that I might count on exact reproduction, and such details
+of type and paper as I chose to select. I used the easel made for me
+when a girl, under the supervision of my father, and I threw my whole
+heart into the work of copying each line and delicate shading on those
+wonderful wings, 'all diamonded with panes of quaint device,
+innumerable stains and splendid dyes,' as one poet describes them.
+There were times, when in working a mist of colour over another
+background, I cut a brush down to three hairs. Some of these
+illustrations I sent back six and seven times, to be worked over before
+the illustration plates were exact duplicates of the originals, and my
+heart ached for the engravers, who must have had Job-like patience; but
+it did not ache enough to stop me until I felt the reproduction exact.
+This book tells its own story of long and patient waiting for a
+specimen, of watching, of disappointments, and triumphs. I love it
+especially among my book children because it represents my highest
+ideals in the making of a nature book, and I can take any skeptic
+afield and prove the truth of the natural history it contains."
+
+In August of 1913 the author's novel "Laddie" was published in New
+York, London, Sydney and Toronto simultaneously. This book contains the
+same mixture of romance and nature interest as the others, and is
+modelled on the same plan of introducing nature objects peculiar to the
+location, and characters, many of whom are from life, typical of the
+locality at a given period. The first thing many critics said of it was
+that "no such people ever existed, and no such life was ever lived." In
+reply to this the author said: "Of a truth, the home I described in
+this book I knew to the last grain of wood in the doors, and I painted,
+it with absolute accuracy; and many of the people I described I knew
+more intimately than I ever have known any others. TAKEN AS A WHOLE IT
+REPRESENTS A PERFECTLY FAITHFUL PICTURE OF HOME LIFE, IN A FAMILY WHO
+WERE REARED AND EDUCATED EXACTLY AS THIS BOOK INDICATES. There was such
+a man as Laddie, and he was as much bigger and better than my
+description of him as a real thing is always better than its
+presentment. The only difference, barring the nature work, between my
+books and those of many other writers, is that I prefer to describe and
+to perpetuate the BEST I have known in life; whereas many authors seem
+to feel that they have no hope of achieving a high literary standing
+unless they delve in and reproduce the WORST.
+
+"To deny that wrong and pitiful things exist in life is folly, but to
+believe that these things are made better by promiscuous discussion at
+the hands of writers who FAIL TO PROVE BY THEIR BOOKS that their
+viewpoint is either right, clean, or helpful, is close to insanity. If
+there is to be any error on either side in a book, then God knows it is
+far better that it should be upon the side of pure sentiment and high
+ideals than upon that of a too loose discussion of subjects which often
+open to a large part of the world their first knowledge of such forms
+of sin, profligate expenditure, and waste of life's best opportunities.
+There is one great beauty in idealized romance: reading it can make no
+one worse than he is, while it may help thousands to a cleaner life and
+higher inspiration than they ever before have known."
+
+Mrs. Porter has written ten books, and it is not out of place here to
+express her attitude toward them. Each was written, she says, from her
+heart's best impulses. They are as clean and helpful as she knew how to
+make them, as beautiful and interesting. She has never spared herself
+in the least degree, mind or body, when it came to giving her best, and
+she has never considered money in relation to what she was writing.
+
+During the hard work and exposure of those early years, during rainy
+days and many nights in the darkroom, she went straight ahead with
+field work, sending around the globe for books and delving to secure
+material for such books as "Birds of the Bible," "Music of the Wild,"
+and "Moths of the Limberlost." Every day devoted to such work was
+"commercially" lost, as publishers did not fail to tell her. But that
+was the work she could do, and do with exceeding joy. She could do it
+better pictorially, on account of her lifelong knowledge of living
+things afield, than any other woman had as yet had the strength and
+nerve to do it. It was work in which she gloried, and she persisted.
+"Had I been working for money," comments the author, "not one of these
+nature books ever would have been written, or an illustration made."
+
+When the public had discovered her and given generous approval to "A
+Girl of the Limberlost," when "The Harvester" had established a new
+record, that would have been the time for the author to prove her
+commercialism by dropping nature work, and plunging headlong into books
+it would pay to write, and for which many publishers were offering
+alluring sums. Mrs. Porter's answer was the issuing of such books as
+"Music of the Wild" and "Moths of the Limberlost." No argument is
+necessary. Mr. Edward Shuman, formerly critic of the Chicago
+Record-Herald, was impressed by this method of work and pointed it out
+in a review. It appealed to Mr. Shuman, when "Moths of the Limberlost"
+came in for review, following the tremendous success of "The
+Harvester," that had the author been working for money, she could have
+written half a dozen more "Harvesters" while putting seven years of
+field work, on a scientific subject, into a personally illustrated work.
+
+In an interesting passage dealing with her books, Mrs. Porter writes:
+"I have done three times the work on my books of fiction that I see
+other writers putting into a novel, in order to make all natural
+history allusions accurate and to write them in such fashion that they
+will meet with the commendation of high schools, colleges, and
+universities using what I write as text books, and for the homes that
+place them in their libraries. I am perfectly willing to let time and
+the hearts of the people set my work in its ultimate place. I have no
+delusions concerning it.
+
+"To my way of thinking and working the greatest service a piece of
+fiction can do any reader is to leave him with a higher ideal of life
+than he had when he began. If in one small degree it shows him where he
+can be a gentler, saner, cleaner, kindlier man, it is a wonder-working
+book. If it opens his eyes to one beauty in nature he never saw for
+himself, and leads him one step toward the God of the Universe, it is a
+beneficial book, for one step into the miracles of nature leads to that
+long walk, the glories of which so strengthen even a boy who thinks he
+is dying, that he faces his struggle like a gladiator."
+
+During the past ten years thousands of people have sent the author word
+that through her books they have been led afield and to their first
+realization of the beauties of nature her mail brings an average of ten
+such letters a day, mostly from students, teachers, and professional
+people of our largest cities. It can probably be said in all truth of
+her nature books and nature novels, that in the past ten years they
+have sent more people afield than all the scientific writings of the
+same period. That is a big statement, but it is very likely pretty
+close to the truth. Mrs. Porter has been asked by two London and one
+Edinburgh publishers for the privilege of bringing out complete sets of
+her nature books, but as yet she has not felt ready to do this.
+
+In bringing this sketch of Gene Stratton-Porter to a close it will be
+interesting to quote the author's own words describing the Limberlost
+Swamp, its gradual disappearance under the encroachments of business,
+and her removal to a new field even richer in natural beauties. She
+says: "In the beginning of the end a great swamp region lay in
+northeastern Indiana. Its head was in what is now Noble and DeKalb
+counties; its body in Allen and Wells, and its feet in southern Adams
+and northern Jay The Limberlost lies at the foot and was, when I
+settled near it, EXACTLY AS DESCRIBED IN MY BOOKS. The process of
+dismantling it was told in, Freckles, to start with, carried on in 'A
+Girl of the Limberlost,' and finished in 'Moths of the Limberlost.' Now
+it has so completely fallen prey to commercialism through the
+devastation of lumbermen, oilmen, and farmers, that I have been forced
+to move my working territory and build a new cabin about seventy miles
+north, at the head of the swamp in Noble county, where there are many
+lakes, miles of unbroken marsh, and a far greater wealth of plant and
+animal life than existed during my time in the southern part. At the
+north end every bird that frequents the Central States is to be found.
+Here grow in profusion many orchids, fringed gentians, cardinal
+flowers, turtle heads, starry campions, purple gerardias, and grass of
+Parnassus. In one season I have located here almost every flower named
+in the botanies as native to these regions and several that I can find
+in no book in my library.
+
+"But this change of territory involves the purchase of fifteen acres of
+forest and orchard land, on a lake shore in marsh country. It means the
+building of a permanent, all-year-round home, which will provide the
+comforts of life for my family and furnish a workshop consisting of a
+library, a photographic darkroom and negative closet, and a printing
+room for me. I could live in such a home as I could provide on the
+income from my nature work alone; but when my working grounds were
+cleared, drained and ploughed up, literally wiped from the face of the
+earth, I never could have moved to new country had it not been for the
+earnings of the novels, which I now spend, and always have spent, in
+great part UPON MY NATURE WORK. Based on this plan of work and life I
+have written ten books, and 'please God I live so long,' I shall write
+ten more. Possibly every one of them will be located in northern
+Indiana. Each one will be filled with all the field and woods
+legitimately falling to its location and peopled with the best men and
+women I have known."
+
+
+
+Chapter 1
+
+THE RAT-CATCHERS OF THE WABASH
+
+"Hey, you swate-scented little heart-warmer!" cried Jimmy Malone, as he
+lifted his tenth trap, weighted with a struggling muskrat, from the
+Wabash. "Varmint you may be to all the rist of creation, but you mane a
+night at Casey's to me."
+
+Jimmy whistled softly as he reset the trap. For the moment he forgot
+that he was five miles from home, that it was a mile farther to the end
+of his line at the lower curve of Horseshoe Bend, that his feet and
+fingers were almost freezing, and that every rat of the ten now in the
+bag on his back had made him thirstier. He shivered as the cold wind
+sweeping the curves of the river struck him; but when an unusually
+heavy gust dropped the ice and snow from a branch above him on the back
+of his head, he laughed, as he ducked and cried: "Kape your snowballing
+till the Fourth of July, will you!"
+
+"Chick-a-dee-dee-dee!" remarked a tiny gray bird on the tree above him.
+Jimmy glanced up. "Chickie, Chickie, Chickie," he said. "I can't till
+by your dress whether you are a hin or a rooster. But I can till by
+your employmint that you are working for grub. Have to hustle lively
+for every worm you find, don't you, Chickie? Now me, I'm hustlin'
+lively for a drink, and I be domn if it seems nicessary with a whole
+river of drinkin' stuff flowin' right under me feet. But the old Wabash
+ain't runnin "wine and milk and honey" not by the jug-full. It seems to
+be compounded of aquil parts of mud, crude ile, and rain water. If
+'twas only runnin' Melwood, be gorry, Chickie, you'd see a mermaid
+named Jimmy Malone sittin' on the Kingfisher Stump, combin' its auburn
+hair with a breeze, and scoopin' whiskey down its gullet with its tail
+fin. No, hold on, Chickie, you wouldn't either. I'm too flat-chisted
+for a mermaid, and I'd have no time to lave off gurglin' for the
+hair-combin' act, which, Chickie, to me notion is as issential to a
+mermaid as the curves. I'd be a sucker, the biggest sucker in the
+Gar-hole, Chickie bird. I'd be an all-day sucker, be gobs; yis, and an
+all-night sucker, too. Come to think of it, Chickie, be domn if I'd be
+a sucker at all. Look at the mouths of thim! Puckered up with a
+drawstring! Oh, Hell on the Wabash, Chickie, think of Jimmy Malone
+lyin' at the bottom of a river flowin' with Melwood, and a
+puckerin'-string mouth! Wouldn't that break the heart of you? I know
+what I'd be. I'd be the Black Bass of Horseshoe Bend, Chickie, and I'd
+locate just below the shoals headin' up stream, and I'd hold me mouth
+wide open till I paralyzed me jaws so I couldn't shut thim. I'd just
+let the pure stuff wash over me gills constant, world without end.
+Good-by, Chickie. Hope you got your grub, and pretty soon I'll have
+enough drink to make me feel like I was the Bass for one night, anyway."
+
+Jimmy hurried to his next trap, which was empty, but the one after that
+contained a rat, and there were footprints in the snow. "That's where
+the porrage-heart of the Scotchman comes in," said Jimmy, as he held up
+the rat by one foot, and gave it a sharp rap over the head with the
+trap to make sure it was dead. "Dannie could no more hear a rat fast in
+one of me traps and not come over and put it out of its misery, than he
+could dance a hornpipe. And him only sicond hand from hornpipe land,
+too! But his feet's like lead. Poor Dannie! He gets just about half the
+rats I do. He niver did have luck."
+
+Jimmy's gay face clouded for an instant. The twinkle faded from his
+eyes, and a look of unrest swept into them. He muttered something, and
+catching up his bag, shoved in the rat. As he reset the trap, a big
+crow dropped from branch to branch on a sycamore above him, and his
+back scarcely was turned before it alighted on the ice, and ravenously
+picked at three drops of blood purpling there.
+
+Away down the ice-sheeted river led Dannie's trail, showing plainly
+across the snow blanket. The wind raved through the trees, and around
+the curves of the river. The dark earth of the banks peeping from under
+overhanging ice and snow, looked like the entrance to deep mysterious
+caves. Jimmy's superstitious soul readily peopled them with goblins and
+devils. He shuddered, and began to talk aloud to cheer himself. "Elivin
+muskrat skins, times fifteen cints apiece, one dollar sixty-five. That
+will buy more than I can hold. Hagginy! Won't I be takin' one long fine
+gurgle of the pure stuff! And there's the boys! I might do the grand
+for once. One on me for the house! And I might pay something on my back
+score, but first I'll drink till I swell like a poisoned pup. And I
+ought to get Mary that milk pail she's been kickin' for this last
+month. Women and cows are always kickin'! If the blarsted cow hadn't
+kicked a hole in the pail, there'd be no need of Mary kicking for a new
+one. But dough IS dubious soldering. Mary says it's bad enough on the
+dish pan, but it positively ain't hilthy about the milk pail, and she
+is right. We ought to have a new pail. I guess I'll get it first, and
+fill up on what's left. One for a quarter will do. And I've several
+traps yet, I may get a few more rats."
+
+The virtuous resolve to buy a milk pail before he quenched the thirst
+which burned him, so elated Jimmy with good opinion of himself that he
+began whistling gayly as he strode toward his next trap. And by that
+token, Dannie Macnoun, resetting an empty trap a quarter of a mile
+below, knew that Jimmy was coming, and that as usual luck was with him.
+Catching his blood and water dripping bag, Dannie dodged a rotten
+branch that came crashing down under the weight of its icy load, and
+stepping out on the river, he pulled on his patched wool-lined mittens
+as he waited for Jimmy.
+
+"How many, Dannie?" called Jimmy from afar.
+
+"Seven," answered Dannie. "What for ye?"
+
+"Elivin," replied Jimmy, with a bit of unconscious swagger. "I am
+havin' poor luck to-day."
+
+"How mony wad satisfy ye?" asked Dannie sarcastically.
+
+"Ain't got time to figure that," answered Jimmy, working in a double
+shuffle as he walked. "Thrash around a little, Dannie. It will warm you
+up."
+
+"I am no cauld," answered Dannie.
+
+"No cauld!" imitated Jimmy. "No cauld! Come to observe you closer, I do
+detect symptoms of sunstroke in the ridness of your face, and the
+whiteness about your mouth; but the frost on your neck scarf, and the
+icicles fistooned around the tail of your coat, tell a different story.
+
+"Dannie, you remind me of the baptizin' of Pete Cox last winter. Pete's
+nothin' but skin and bone, and he niver had a square meal in his life
+to warm him. It took pushin' and pullin' to get him in the water, and a
+scum froze over while he was under. Pete came up shakin' like the
+feeder on a thrashin' machine, and whin he could spake at all, 'Bless
+Jasus,' says he, 'I'm jist as wa-wa-warm as I wa-wa-want to be.' So are
+you, Dannie, but there's a difference in how warm folks want to be. For
+meself, now, I could aisily bear a little more hate."
+
+"It's honest, I'm no cauld," insisted Dannie; and he might have added
+that if Jimmy would not fill his system with Casey's poisons, that
+degree of cold would not chill and pinch him either. But being Dannie,
+he neither thought nor said it. '"Why, I'm frozen to me sowl!" cried
+Jimmy, as he changed the rat bag to his other hand, and beat the empty
+one against his leg. "Say, Dannie, where do you think the Kingfisher is
+wintering?"
+
+"And the Black Bass," answered Dannie. "Where do ye suppose the Black
+Bass is noo?"
+
+"Strange you should mintion the Black Bass," said Jimmy. "I was just
+havin' a little talk about him with a frind of mine named Chickie-dom,
+no, Chickie-dee, who works a grub stake back there. The Bass might be
+lyin' in the river bed right under our feet. Don't you remimber the
+time whin I put on three big cut-worms, and skittered thim beyond the
+log that lays across here, and he lept from the water till we both saw
+him the best we ever did, and nothin' but my old rotten line ever saved
+him? Or he might be where it slumps off just below the Kingfisher
+stump. But I know where he is all right. He's down in the Gar-hole, and
+he'll come back here spawning time, and chase minnows when the
+Kingfisher comes home. But, Dannie, where the nation do you suppose the
+Kingfisher is?"
+
+"No' so far away as ye might think," replied Dannie. "Doc Hues told me
+that coming on the train frae Indianapolis on the fifteenth of
+December, he saw one fly across a little pond juist below Winchester. I
+believe they go south slowly, as the cold drives them, and stop near as
+they can find guid fishing. Dinna that stump look lonely wi'out him?"
+
+"And sound lonely without the Bass slashing around! I am going to have
+that Bass this summer if I don't do a thing but fish!" vowed Jimmy.
+
+"I'll surely have a try at him," answered Dannie, with a twinkle in his
+gray eyes. "We've caught most everything else in the Wabash, and our
+reputation fra taking guid fish is ahead of any one on the river,
+except the Kingfisher. Why the Diel dinna one of us haul out that Bass?"
+
+"Ain't I just told you that I am going to hook him this summer?"
+shivered Jimmy.
+
+"Dinna ye hear me mention that I intended to take a try at him mysel'?"
+questioned Dannie. "Have ye forgotten that I know how to fish?"
+
+"'Nough breeze to-day without starting a Highlander," interposed Jimmy
+hastily. "I believe I hear a rat in my next trap. That will make me
+twilve, and it's good and glad of it I am for I've to walk to town when
+my line is reset. There's something Mary wants."
+
+"If Mary wants ye to go to town, why dinna ye leave me to finish your
+traps, and start now?" asked Dannie. "It's getting dark, and if ye are
+so late ye canna see the drifts, ye never can cut across the fields;
+fra the snow is piled waist high, and it's a mile farther by the road."
+
+"I got to skin my rats first, or I'll be havin' to ask credit again,"
+replied Jimmy.
+
+"That's easy," answered Dannie. "Turn your rats over to me richt noo.
+I'll give ye market price fra them in cash."
+
+"But the skinnin' of them," objected Jimmy for decency sake, though his
+eyes were beginning to shine and his fingers to tremble.
+
+"Never ye mind about that," retorted Dannie. "I like to take my time to
+it, and fix them up nice. Elivin, did ye say?"
+
+"Elivin," answered Jimmy, breaking into a jig, supposedly to keep his
+feet warm, in reality because he could not stand quietly while Dannie
+pulled off his mittens, got out and unstrapped his wallet, and
+carefully counted out the money. "Is that all ye need?" he asked.
+
+For an instant Jimmy hesitated. Missing a chance to get even a few
+cents more meant a little shorter time at Casey's. "That's enough, I
+think," he said. "I wish I'd staid out of matrimony, and then maybe I
+could iver have a cint of me own. You ought to be glad you haven't a
+woman to consume ivery penny you earn before it reaches your pockets,
+Dannie Micnoun."
+
+"I hae never seen Mary consume much but calico and food," Dannie said
+dryly.
+
+"Oh, it ain't so much what a woman really spinds," said Jimmy,
+peevishly, as he shoved the money into his pocket, and pulled on his
+mittens. "It's what you know she would spind if she had the chance."
+
+"I dinna think ye'll break up on that," laughed Dannie.
+
+And that was what Jimmy wanted. So long as he could set Dannie
+laughing, he could mold him.
+
+"No, but I'll break down," lamented Jimmy in sore self-pity, as he
+remembered the quarter sacred to the purchase of the milk pail.
+
+"Ye go on, and hurry," urged Dannie. "If ye dinna start home by seven,
+I'll be combing the drifts fra ye before morning."
+
+"Anything I can do for you?" asked Jimmy, tightening his old red neck
+scarf.
+
+"Yes," answered Dannie. "Do your errand and start straight home, your
+teeth are chattering noo. A little more exposure, and the rheumatism
+will be grinding ye again. Ye will hurry, Jimmy?"
+
+"Sure!" cried Jimmy, ducking under a snow slide, and breaking into a
+whistle as he turned toward the road.
+
+Dannie's gaze followed Jimmy's retreating figure until he climbed the
+bank, and was lost in the woods, and the light in his eyes was the
+light of love. He glanced at the sky, and hurried down the river. First
+across to Jimmy's side to gather his rats and reset his traps, then to
+his own. But luck seemed to have turned, for all the rest of Dannie's
+were full, and all of Jimmy's were empty. But as he was gone, it was
+not necessary for Dannie to slip across and fill them, as was his
+custom when they worked together. He would divide the rats at skinning
+time, so that Jimmy would have just twice as many as he, because Jimmy
+had a wife to support. The last trap of the line lay a little below the
+curve of Horseshoe Bend, and there Dannie twisted the tops of the bags
+together, climbed the bank, and struck across Rainbow Bottom. He
+settled his load to his shoulders, and glanced ahead to choose the
+shortest route. He stopped suddenly with a quick intake of breath.
+
+"God!" he cried reverently. "Hoo beautifu' are Thy works."
+
+The ice-covered Wabash circled Rainbow Bottom like a broad white frame,
+and inside it was a perfect picture wrought in crystal white and snow
+shadows. The blanket on the earth lay smoothly in even places, rose
+with knolls, fell with valleys, curved over prostrate logs, heaped in
+mounds where bushes grew thickly, and piled high in drifts where the
+wind blew free. In the shelter of the bottom the wind had not stripped
+the trees of their loads as it had those along the river. The willows,
+maples, and soft woods bent almost to earth with their shining burden;
+but the stout, stiffly upstanding trees, the oaks, elms, and
+cottonwoods defied the elements to bow their proud heads. While the
+three mighty trunks of the great sycamore in the middle looked white as
+the snow, and dwarfed its companions as it never had in summer; its
+wide-spreading branches were sharply cut against the blue background,
+and they tossed their frosted balls in the face of Heaven. The giant of
+Rainbow Bottom might be broken, but it never would bend. Every
+clambering vine, every weed and dried leaf wore a coat of lace-webbed
+frostwork. The wind swept a mist of tiny crystals through the air, and
+from the shelter of the deep woods across the river a Cardinal whistled
+gayly.
+
+The bird of Good Cheer, whistling no doubt on an empty crop, made
+Dannie think of Jimmy, and his unfailing fountain of mirth. Dear Jimmy!
+Would he ever take life seriously? How good he was to tramp to town and
+back after five miles on the ice. He thought of Mary with almost a
+touch of impatience. What did the woman want that was so necessary as
+to send a man to town after a day on the ice? Jimmy would be dog tired
+when he got home. Dannie decided to hurry, and do the feeding and get
+in the wood before he began to skin the rats.
+
+He found walking uncertain. He plunged into unsuspected hollows, and
+waded drifts, so that he was panting when he reached the lane. From
+there he caught the gray curl of smoke against the sky from one of two
+log cabins side by side at the top of the embankment, and he almost ran
+toward them. Mary might think they were late at the traps, and be out
+doing the feeding, and it would be cold for a woman.
+
+On reaching his own door, he dropped the rat bags inside, and then
+hurried to the yard of the other cabin. He gathered a big load of wood
+in his arms, and stamping the snow from his feet, called "Open!" at the
+door. Dannie stepped inside and filled the empty box. With smiling eyes
+he turned to Mary, as he brushed the snow and moss from his sleeves.
+
+"Nothing but luck to-day," he said. "Jimmy took elivin fine skins frae
+his traps before he started to town, and I got five more that are his,
+and I hae eight o' my own."
+
+Mary looked such a dream to Dannie, standing there all pink and warm
+and tidy in her fresh blue dress, that he blinked and smiled, half
+bewildered.
+
+"What did Jimmy go to town for?" she asked.
+
+"Whatever it was ye wanted," answered Dannie.
+
+"What was it I wanted?" persisted Mary.
+
+"He dinna tell me," replied Dannie, and the smile wavered.
+
+"Me, either," said Mary, and she stooped and picked up her sewing.
+
+Dannie went out and gently closed the door. He stood for a second on
+the step, forcing himself to take an inventory of the work. There were
+the chickens to feed, and the cows to milk, feed, and water. Both the
+teams must be fed and bedded, a fire in his own house made, and two
+dozen rats skinned, and the skins put to stretch and cure. And at the
+end of it all, instead of a bed and rest, there was every probability
+that he must drive to town after Jimmy; for Jimmy could get helpless
+enough to freeze in a drift on a dollar sixty-five.
+
+"Oh, Jimmy, Jimmy!" muttered Dannie. "I wish ye wadna." And he was not
+thinking of himself, but of the eyes of the woman inside.
+
+So Dannie did all the work, and cooked his supper, because he never ate
+in Jimmy's cabin when Jimmy was not there. Then he skinned rats, and
+watched the clock, because if Jimmy did not come by eleven, it meant he
+must drive to town and bring him home. No wonder Jimmy chilled at the
+trapping when he kept his blood on fire with whiskey. At half-past ten,
+Dannie, with scarcely half the rats finished, went out into the storm
+and hitched to the single buggy. Then he tapped at Mary Malone's door,
+quite softly, so that he would not disturb her if she had gone to bed.
+She was not sleeping, however, and the loneliness of her slight figure,
+as she stood with the lighted room behind her, struck Dannie forcibly,
+so that his voice trembled with pity as he said: "Mary, I've run out o'
+my curing compound juist in the midst of skinning the finest bunch o'
+rats we've taken frae the traps this winter. I am going to drive to
+town fra some more before the stores close, and we will be back in less
+than an hour. I thought I'd tell ye, so if ye wanted me ye wad know why
+I dinna answer. Ye winna be afraid, will ye?"
+
+"No," replied Mary, "I won't be afraid."
+
+"Bolt the doors, and pile on plenty of wood to keep ye warm," said
+Dannie as he turned away.
+
+Just for a minute Mary stared out into the storm. Then a gust of wind
+nearly swept her from her feet, and she pushed the door shut, and slid
+the heavy bolt into place. For a little while she leaned and listened
+to the storm outside. She was a clean, neat, beautiful Irish woman. Her
+eyes were wide and blue, her cheeks pink, and her hair black and softly
+curling about her face and neck. The room in which she stood was neat
+as its keeper. The walls were whitewashed, and covered with prints,
+pictures, and some small tanned skins. Dried grasses and flowers filled
+the vases on the mantle. The floor was neatly carpeted with a striped
+rag carpet, and in the big open fireplace a wood fire roared. In an
+opposite corner stood a modern cooking stove, the pipe passing through
+a hole in the wall, and a door led into a sleeping room beyond.
+
+As her eyes swept the room they rested finally on a framed lithograph
+of the Virgin, with the Infant in her arms. Slowly Mary advanced, her
+gaze fast on the serene pictured face of the mother clasping her child.
+Before it she stood staring. Suddenly her breast began to heave, and
+the big tears brimmed from her eyes and slid down her cheeks.
+
+"Since you look so wise, why don't you tell me why?" she demanded. "Oh,
+if you have any mercy, tell me why!"
+
+Then before the steady look in the calm eyes, she hastily made the sign
+of the cross, and slipping to the floor, she laid her head on a chair,
+and sobbed aloud.
+
+
+
+Chapter II
+
+RUBEN O'KHAYAM AND THE MILK PAIL
+
+
+Jimmy Malone, carrying a shinning tin milk pail, stepped into Casey's
+saloon and closed the door behind him.
+
+"E' much as wine has played the Infidel, And robbed me of my robe of
+Honor--well, I wonder what the Vinters buy One-half so precious as the
+stuff they sell."
+
+Jimmy stared at the back of a man leaning against the bar, and gazing
+lovingly at a glass of red wine, as he recited in mellow, swinging
+tones. Gripping the milk pail, Jimmy advanced a step. The man stuck a
+thumb in the belt of his Norfolk jacket, and the verses flowed on:
+
+
+ "The grape that can with logic absolute
+ The two and seventy jarring sects confute:
+ The sovereign Alchemist that in a trice
+ Life's leaden metal into Gold transmute."
+
+
+Jimmy's mouth fell open, and he slowly nodded indorsement of the
+sentiment. The man lifted his glass.
+
+
+ "Ah, make the most of what we yet may spend,
+ Before we too into the Dust descend;
+ Yesterday this Day's Madness did prepare;
+ To-morrow's Silence, Triumph, or Despair:
+ Drink! for you know not whence you came nor why:
+ Drink! for you know not why you go nor where."
+
+
+Jimmy set the milk pail on the bar and faced the man.
+
+"'Fore God, that's the only sensible word I ever heard on my side of
+the quistion in all me life. And to think that it should come from the
+mouth of a man wearing such a Go-to-Hell coat!"
+
+Jimmy shoved the milk pail in front of the stranger. "In the name of
+humanity, impty yourself of that," he said. "Fill me pail with the
+stuff and let me take it home to Mary. She's always got the bist of the
+argumint, but I'm thinkin' that would cork her. You won't?" questioned
+Jimmy resentfully. "Kape it to yoursilf, thin, like you did your wine."
+He shoved the bucket toward the barkeeper, and emptied his pocket on
+the bar. "There, Casey, you be the Sovereign Alchemist, and transmute
+that metal into Melwood pretty quick, for I've not wet me whistle in
+three days, and the belly of me is filled with burnin' autumn leaves.
+Gimme a loving cup, and come on boys, this is on me while it lasts."
+
+The barkeeper swept the coin into the till, picked up the bucket, and
+started back toward a beer keg.
+
+"Oh, no you don't!" cried Jimmy. "Come back here and count that 'leaden
+metal,' and then be transmutin' it into whiskey straight, the purest
+gold you got. You don't drown out a three-days' thirst with beer. You
+ought to give me 'most two quarts for that."
+
+The barkeeper was wise. He knew that what Jimmy started would go on
+with men who could pay, and he filled the order generously.
+
+Jimmy picked up the pail. He dipped a small glass in the liquor, and
+held near an ounce aloft.
+
+
+ "I wonder what the Vinters buy
+ One-half so precious as the stuff they sell?"
+
+he quoted. "Down goes!" and he emptied the glass at a draft. Then he
+walked to the group at the stove, and began dipping a drink for each.
+
+When Jimmy came to a gray-haired man, with a high forehead and an
+intellectual face, he whispered: "Take your full time, Cap. Who's the
+rhymin' inkybator?"
+
+"Thread man, Boston," mouthed the Captain, as he reached for the glass
+with trembling fingers. Jimmy held on. "Do you know that stuff he's
+giving off?" The Captain nodded, and rose to his feet. He always
+declared he could feel it farther if he drank standing.
+
+"What's his name?" whispered Jimmy, releasing the glass. "Rubaiyat,
+Omar Khayyam," panted the Captain, and was lost. Jimmy finished the
+round of his friends, and then approached the bar.
+
+His voice was softening. "Mister Ruben O'Khayam," he said, "it's me
+private opinion that ye nade lace-trimmed pantalettes and a sash to
+complate your costume, but barrin' clothes, I'm entangled in the thrid
+of your discourse. Bein' a Boston man meself, it appeals to me, that I
+detict the refinemint of the East in yer voice. Now these, me frinds,
+that I've just been tratin', are men of these parts; but we of the
+middle East don't set up to equal the culture of the extreme East. So,
+Mr. O'Khayam, solely for the benefit you might be to us, I'm askin' you
+to join me and me frinds in the momenchous initiation of me new milk
+pail."
+
+Jimmy lifted a brimming glass, and offered it to the Thread Man. "Do
+you transmute?" he asked. Now if the Boston man had looked Jimmy in the
+eye, and said "I do," this book would not have been written. But he did
+not. He looked at the milk pail, and the glass, which had passed
+through the hands of a dozen men in a little country saloon away out in
+the wilds of Indiana, and said: "I do not care to partake of further
+refreshment; if I can be of intellectual benefit, I might remain for a
+time."
+
+For a flash Jimmy lifted the five feet ten of his height to six; but in
+another he shrank below normal. What appeared to the Thread Man to be a
+humble, deferential seeker after wisdom, led him to one of the chairs
+around the big coal base burner. But the boys who knew Jimmy were
+watching the whites of his eyes, as they drank the second round. At
+this stage Jimmy was on velvet. How long he remained there depended on
+the depth of Melwood in the milk pail between his knees. He smiled
+winningly on the Thread Man.
+
+"Ye know, Mister O'Khayam," he said, "at the present time you are
+located in one of the wooliest parts of the wild East. I don't suppose
+anything woolier could be found on the plains of Nebraska where I am
+reliably informed they've stuck up a pole and labeled it the cinter of
+the United States. Being a thousand miles closer that pole than you are
+in Boston, naturally we come by that distance closer to the great wool
+industry. Most of our wool here grows on our tongues, and we shear it
+by this transmutin' process, concerning which you have discoursed so
+beautiful. But barrin' the shearin' of our wool, we are the mildest,
+most sheepish fellows you could imagine. I don't reckon now there is a
+man among us who could be induced to blat or to butt, under the most
+tryin' circumstances. My Mary's got a little lamb, and all the rist of
+the boys are lambs. But all the lambs are waned, and clusterin' round
+the milk pail. Ain't that touchin'? Come on, now, Ruben, ile up and
+edify us some more!"
+
+"On what point do you seek enlightenment?" inquired the Thread Man.
+
+Jimmy stretched his long legs, and spat against the stove in pure
+delight.
+
+"Oh, you might loosen up on the work of a man," he suggested. "These
+lambs of Casey's fold may larn things from you to help thim in the
+striss of life. Now here's Jones, for instance, he's holdin' togither a
+gang of sixty gibbering Atalyans; any wan of thim would cut his throat
+and skip in the night for a dollar, but he kapes the beast in thim
+under, and they're gettin' out gravel for the bed of a railway. Bingham
+there is oil. He's punchin' the earth full of wan thousand foot holes,
+and sendin' off two hundred quarts of nitroglycerine at the bottom of
+them, and pumpin' the accumulation across continents to furnish folks
+light and hate. York here is runnin' a field railway between Bluffton
+and Celina, so that I can get to the river and the resurvoir to fish
+without walkin'. Haines is bossin' a crew of forty Canadians and he's
+takin' the timber from the woods hereabouts, and sending it to be made
+into boats to carry stuff across sea. Meself, and me partner, Dannie
+Micnoun, are the lady-likest lambs in the bunch. We grow grub to feed
+folks in summer and trap for skins to cover 'em in winter. Corn is our
+great commodity. Plowin' and hoein' it in summer, and huskin' it in the
+fall is sich lamb-like work. But don't mintion it in the same brith
+with tendin' our four dozen fur traps on a twenty-below-zero day.
+Freezing hands and fate, and fallin' into air bubbles, and building
+fires to thaw out our frozen grub. Now here among us poor little,
+transmutin', lambs you come, a raging lion, ripresentin' the cultour
+and rayfinement of the far East. By the pleats on your breast you show
+us the style. By the thrid case in your hand you furnish us material so
+that our women can tuck their petticoats so fancy, and by the book in
+your head you teach us your sooperiority. By the same token, I wish I
+had that book in me head, for I could just squelch Dannie and Mary with
+it complate. Say, Mister O'Khayam, next time you come this way bring me
+a copy. I'm wantin' it bad. I got what you gave off all secure, but I
+take it there's more. No man goin' at that clip could shut off with
+thim few lines. Do you know the rist?"
+
+The Thread Man knew the most of it, and although he was very
+uncomfortable, he did not know just how to get away, so he recited it.
+The milk pail was empty now, and Jimmy had almost forgotten that it was
+a milk pail, and seemed inclined to resent the fact that it had gone
+empty. He beat time on the bottom of it, and frequently interrupted the
+Thread Man to repeat a couplet which particularly suited him. By and by
+he got to his feet and began stepping off a slow dance to a sing-song
+repetition of lines that sounded musical to him, all the time marking
+the measures vigorously on the pail. When he tired of a couplet, he
+pounded the pail over the bar, stove, or chairs in encore, until the
+Thread Man could think up another to which he could dance.
+
+
+ "Wine! Wine! Wine! Red Wine!
+ The Nightingale cried to the rose,"
+
+chanted Jimmy, thumping the pail in time, and stepping off the measures
+with feet that scarcely seemed to touch the floor. He flung his hat to
+the barkeeper, and his coat on a chair, ruffled his fingers through his
+thick auburn hair, and holding the pail under one arm, he paused,
+panting for breath and begging for more. The Thread Man sat on the edge
+of his chair, and the eyes he fastened on Jimmy were beginning to fill
+with interest.
+
+ "Come fill the Cup and in the fire of Spring
+ Your Winter-Garment of Repentance fling.
+ The bird of time has but a little way to flutter
+ And the bird is on the wing."
+
+Smash came the milk pail across the bar. "Hooray!" shouted Jimmy.
+"Besht yet!" Bang! Bang! He was off. "ird ish on the wing," he chanted,
+and his feet flew. "Come fill the cup, and in the firesh of
+spring--Firesh of Spring, Bird ish on the Wing!" Between the music of
+the milk pail, the brogue of the panted verses, and the grace of
+Jimmy's flying feet, the Thread Man was almost prostrate. It suddenly
+came to him that here might be a chance to have a great time.
+
+"More!" gasped Jimmy. "Me some more!" The Thread Man wiped his eyes.
+
+
+ "Wether the cup with sweet or bitter run,
+ The wine of life keeps oozing drop by drop,
+ The leaves of life keep falling one by one."
+
+Away went Jimmy.
+
+ "Swate or bitter run,
+ Laves of life kape falling one by one."
+
+
+Bang! Bang! sounded a new improvision on the sadly battered pail, and
+to a new step Jimmy flashed back and forth the length of the saloon. At
+last he paused to rest a second. "One more! Just one more!" he begged.
+
+
+ "A Book of Verses underneath the Bough,
+ A jug of wine, a Loaf of Bread and Thou
+ Beside me singing in the Wilderness.
+ Oh, wilderness were Paradise enough!"
+
+
+Jimmy's head dropped an instant. His feet slowly shuffled in
+improvising a new step, and then he moved away, thumping the milk pail
+and chanting:
+
+ "A couple of fish poles underneath a tree,
+ A bottle of Rye and Dannie beside me
+ A fishing in the Wabash.
+ Were the Wabash Paradise? HULLY GEE!
+
+
+Tired out, he dropped across a chair facing the back and folded his
+arms. He regained breath to ask the Thread Man: "Did you iver have a
+frind?"
+
+He had reached the confidential stage.
+
+The Boston man was struggling to regain his dignity. He retained the
+impression that at the wildest of the dance he had yelled and patted
+time for Jimmy.
+
+"I hope I have a host of friends," he said, settling his pleated coat.
+
+"Damn hosht!" said Jimmy. "Jisht in way. Now I got one frind, hosht all
+by himself. Be here pretty soon now. Alwaysh comesh nights like thish."
+
+"Comes here?" inquired the Thread Man. "Am I to meet another
+interesting character?"
+
+"Yesh, comesh here. Comesh after me. Comesh like the clock sthriking
+twelve. Don't he, boys?" inquired Jimmy. "But he ain't no interesting
+character. Jisht common man, Dannie is. Honest man. Never told a lie in
+his life. Yesh, he did, too. I forgot. He liesh for me. Jish liesh and
+liesh. Liesh to Mary. Tells her any old liesh to keep me out of
+schrape. You ever have frind hish up and drive ten milesh for you night
+like thish, and liesh to get you out of schrape?"
+
+"I never needed any one to lie and get me out of a scrape," answered
+the Thread Man.
+
+Jimmy sat straight and solemnly batted his eyes. "Gee! You musht
+misshed mosht the fun!" he said. "Me, I ain't ever misshed any. Always
+in schrape. But Dannie getsh me out. Good old Dannie. Jish like dog.
+Take care me all me life. See? Old folks come on same boat. Women get
+thick. Shettle beside. Build cabinsh together. Work together, and domn
+if they didn't get shmall pox and die together. Left me and Dannie. So
+we work together jish shame, and we fallsh in love with the shame girl.
+Dannie too slow. I got her." Jimmy wiped away great tears.
+
+"How did you get her, Jimmy?" asked a man who remembered a story.
+
+"How the nation did I get her?" Jimmy scratched his head, and appealed
+to the Thread Man. "Dannie besht man. Milesh besht man! Never
+lie--'cept for me. Never drink--'cept for me. Alwaysh save his
+money--'cept for me. Milesh besht man! Isn't he besht man, Spooley?"
+
+"Ain't it true that you served Dannie a mean little trick?" asked the
+man who remembered.
+
+Jimmy wasn't quite drunk enough, and the violent exercise of the dance
+somewhat sobered him. He glared at the man. "Whatsh you talkin' about?"
+he demanded.
+
+"I'm just asking you," said the man, "why, if you played straight with
+Dannie about the girl, you never have had the face to go to confession
+since you married her."
+
+"Alwaysh send my wife," said Jimmy grandly. "Domsh any woman that can't
+confiss enough for two!"
+
+Then he hitched his chair closer to the Thread Man, and grew more
+confidential. "Shee here," he said. "Firsht I see your pleated coat,
+didn't like. But head's all right. Great head! Sthuck on frillsh there!
+Want to be let in on something? Got enough city, clubsh, an' all that?
+Want to taste real thing? Lesh go coon huntin'. Theysh tree down
+Canoper, jish short pleashant walk, got fify coons in it! Nobody knowsh
+the tree but me, shee? Been good to ush boys. Sat on same kind of
+chairs we do. Educate ush up lot. Know mosht that poetry till I die,
+shee? 'Wonner wash vinters buy, halfsh precious ash sthuff shell,'
+shee? I got it! Let you in on real thing. Take grand big coon skinch
+back to Boston with you. Ringsh on tail. Make wife fine muff, or fur
+trimmingsh. Good to till boysh at club about, shee?"
+
+"Are you asking me to go on a coon hunt with you?" demanded the Thread
+Man. "When? Where?"
+
+"Corshally invited," answered Jimmy. "To-morrow night. Canoper. Show
+you plashe. Bill Duke's dogs. My gunsh. Moonsh shinin'. Dogs howlin'.
+Shnow flying! Fify coonsh rollin' out one hole! Shoot all dead! Take
+your pick! Tan skin for you myself! Roaring big firesh warm by. Bag
+finesh sandwiches ever tasted. Milk pail pure gold drink. No stop, slop
+out going over bridge. Take jug. Big jug. Toss her up an' let her
+gurgle. Dogsh bark. Fire pop. Guns bang. Fifty coons drop. Boysh all
+go. Want to get more education. Takes culture to get woolsh off. Shay,
+will you go?"
+
+"I wouldn't miss it for a thousand dollars," said the Thread Man. "But
+what will I say to my house for being a day late?"
+
+"Shay gotter grip," suggested Jimmy. "Never too late to getter grip.
+Will you all go, boysh?"
+
+There were not three men in the saloon who knew of a tree that had
+contained a coon that winter, but Jimmy was Jimmy, and to be trusted
+for an expedition of that sort; and all of them agreed to be at the
+saloon ready for the hunt at nine o'clock the next night. The Thread
+Man felt that he was going to see Life. He immediately invited the boys
+to the bar to drink to the success of the hunt.
+
+"You shoot own coon yourself," offered the magnanimous Jimmy. "You may
+carrysh my gunsh, take first shot. First shot to Missher O'Khayam,
+boysh, 'member that. Shay, can you hit anything? Take a try now." Jimmy
+reached behind him, and shoved a big revolver into the hand of the
+Thread Man. "Whersh target?" he demanded.
+
+As he turned from the bar, the milk pail which he still carried under
+his arm caught on an iron rod. Jimmy gave it a jerk, and ripped the rim
+from the bottom. "Thish do," he said. "Splendid marksh. Shinesh jish
+like coon's eyesh in torch light."
+
+He carried the pail to the back wall and hung it over a nail. The nail
+was straight, and the pail flaring. The pail fell. Jimmy kicked it
+across the room, and then gathered it up, and drove a dent in it with
+his heel that would hold over the nail. Then he went back to the Thread
+Man. "Theresh mark, Ruben. Blash away!" he said.
+
+The Boston man hesitated. "Whatsh the matter? Cansh shoot off nothing
+but your mouth?" demanded Jimmy. He caught the revolver and fired three
+shots so rapidly that the sounds came almost as one. Two bullets
+pierced the bottom of the pail, and the other the side as it fell.
+
+The door opened, and with the rush of cold air Jimmy gave just one
+glance toward it, and slid the revolver into his pocket, reached for
+his hat, and started in the direction of his coat. "Glad to see you,
+Micnoun," he said. "If you are goingsh home, I'll jish ride out with
+you. Good night, boysh. Don't forgetsh the coon hunt," and Jimmy was
+gone.
+
+A minute later the door opened again, and this time a man of nearly
+forty stepped inside. He had a manly form, and a manly face, was above
+the average in looks, and spoke with a slight Scotch accent.
+
+"Do any of ye boys happen to know what it was Jimmy had with him when
+he came in here?"
+
+A roar of laughter greeted the query. The Thread Man picked up the
+pail. As he handed it to Dannie, he said: "Mr. Malone said he was
+initiating a new milk pail, but I am afraid he has overdone the job."
+
+"Thank ye," said Dannie, and taking the battered thing, he went out
+into the night.
+
+Jimmy was asleep when he reached the buggy. Dannie had long since found
+it convenient to have no fence about his dooryard. He drove to the
+door, dragged Jimmy from the buggy, and stabled the horse. By hard work
+he removed Jimmy's coat and boots, laid him across the bed, and covered
+him. Then he grimly looked at the light in the next cabin. "Why doesna
+she go to bed?" he said. He summoned courage, and crossing the space
+between the two buildings, he tapped on the window. "It's me, Mary," he
+called. "The skins are only half done, and Jimmy is going to help me
+finish. He will come over in the morning. Ye go to bed. Ye needna be
+afraid. We will hear ye if ye even snore." There was no answer, but by
+a movement in the cabin Dannie knew that Mary was still dressed and
+waiting. He started back, but for an instant, heedless of the scurrying
+snow and biting cold, he faced the sky.
+
+"I wonder if ye have na found a glib tongue and light feet the least
+part o' matrimony," he said. "Why in God's name couldna ye have married
+me? I'd like to know why."
+
+As he closed the door, the cold air roused Jimmy.
+
+"Dannie," he said, "donsh forget the milk pail. All 'niciate good now."
+
+
+
+Chapter III
+
+THE FIFTY COONS OF THE CANOPER
+
+Near noon of the next day, Jimmy opened his eyes and stretched himself
+on Dannie's bed. It did not occur to him that he was sprawled across it
+in such a fashion that if Dannie had any sleep that night, he had taken
+it on chairs before the fireplace. At first Jimmy decided that he had a
+head on him, and would turn over and go back where he came from. Then
+he thought of the coon hunt, and sitting on the edge of the bed he
+laughed, as he looked about for his boots.
+
+"I am glad ye are feeling so fine," said Dannie at the door, in a
+relieved voice. "I had a notion that ye wad be crosser than a badger
+when ye came to."
+
+Jimmy laughed on.
+
+"What's the fun?" inquired Dannie.
+
+Jimmy thought hard a minute. Here was one instance where the truth
+would serve better than any invention, so he virtuously told Dannie all
+about it. Dannie thought of the lonely little woman next door, and
+rebelled.
+
+"But, Jimmy!" he cried, "ye canna be gone all nicht again. It's too
+lonely fra Mary, and there's always a chance I might sleep sound and
+wadna hear if she should be sick or need ye."
+
+"Then she can just yell louder, or come after you, or get well, for I
+am going, see? He was a thrid peddler in a dinky little pleated coat,
+Dannie. He laid up against the counter with his feet crossed at a
+dancing-girl angle. But I will say for him that he was running at the
+mouth with the finest flow of language I iver heard. I learned a lot of
+it, and Cap knows the stuff, and I'm goin' to have him get you the
+book. But, Dannie, he wouldn't drink with us, but he stayed to iducate
+us up a little. That little spool man, Dannie, iducatin' Jones of the
+gravel gang, and Bingham of the Standard, and York of the 'lectric
+railway, and Haines of the timber gang, not to mintion the champeen
+rat-catcher of the Wabash."
+
+Jimmy hugged himself, and rocked on the edge of the bed.
+
+"Oh, I can just see it, Dannie," he cried. "I can just see it now! I
+was pretty drunk, but I wasn't too drunk to think of it, and it came to
+me sudden like."
+
+Dannie stared at Jimmy wide-eyed, while he explained the details, and
+then he too began to laugh, and the longer he laughed the funnier it
+grew.
+
+"I've got to start," said Jimmy. "I've an awful afternoon's work. I
+must find him some rubber boots. He's to have the inestimable privilege
+of carryin' me gun, Dannie, and have the first shot at the coons,
+fifty, I'm thinkin' I said. And if I don't put some frills on his cute
+little coat! Oh, Dannie, it will break the heart of me if he don't wear
+that pleated coat!"
+
+Dannie wiped his eyes.
+
+"Come on to the kitchen," he said, "I've something ready fra ye to eat.
+Wash, while I dish it."
+
+"I wish to Heaven you were a woman, Dannie," said Jimmy. "A fellow
+could fall in love with you, and marry you with some satisfaction.
+Crimminy, but I'm hungry!"
+
+Jimmy ate greedily, and Dannie stepped about setting the cabin to
+rights. It lacked many feminine touches that distinguished Jimmy's as
+the abode of a woman; but it was neat and clean, and there seemed to be
+a place where everything belonged.
+
+"Now, I'm off," said Jimmy, rising. "I'll take your gun, because I
+ain't goin' to see Mary till I get back."
+
+"Oh, Jimmy, dinna do that!" pleaded Dannie. "I want my gun. Go and get
+your own, and tell her where ye are going and what ye are going to do.
+She'd feel less lonely."
+
+"I know how she would feel better than you do," retorted Jimmy. "I am
+not going. If you won't give me your gun, I'll borrow one; or have all
+my fun spoiled."
+
+Dannie took down the shining gun and passed it over. Jimmy instantly
+relented. He smiled an old boyish smile, that always caught Dannie in
+his softest spot.
+
+"You are the bist frind I have on earth, Dannie," he said winsomely.
+"You are a man worth tying to. By gum, there's NOTHING I wouldn't do
+for you! Now go on, like the good fellow you are, and fix it up with
+Mary."
+
+So Dannie started for the wood pile. In summer he could stand outside
+and speak through the screen. In winter he had to enter the cabin for
+errands like this, and as Jimmy's wood box was as heavily weighted on
+his mind as his own, there was nothing unnatural in his stamping snow
+on Jimmy's back stoop, and calling "Open!" to Mary at any hour of the
+day he happened to be passing the wood pile.
+
+He stood at a distance, and patiently waited until a gray and black
+nut-hatch that foraged on the wood covered all the new territory
+discovered by the last disturbance of the pile. From loosened bark
+Dannie watched the bird take several good-sized white worms and a few
+dormant ants. As it flew away he gathered an armload of wood. He was
+very careful to clean his feet on the stoop, place the wood without
+tearing the neat covering of wall paper, and brush from his coat the
+snow and moss so that it fell in the box. He had heard Mary tell the
+careless Jimmy to do all these things, and Dannie knew that they saved
+her work. There was a whiteness on her face that morning that startled
+him, and long after the last particle of moss was cleaned from his
+sleeve he bent over the box trying to get something said. The cleaning
+took such a length of time that the glint of a smile crept into the
+grave eyes of the woman, and the grim line of her lips softened.
+
+"Don't be feeling so badly about it, Dannie," she said. "I could have
+told you when you went after him last night that he would go back as
+soon as he wakened to-day. I know he is gone. I watched him lave."
+
+Dannie brushed the other sleeve, on which there had been nothing at the
+start, and answered: "Noo, dinna ye misjudge him, Mary. He's goin' to a
+coon hunt to-nicht. Dinna ye see him take my gun?"
+
+This evidence so bolstered Dannie that he faced Mary with confidence.
+
+"There's a traveling man frae Boston in town, Mary, and he was edifying
+the boys a little, and Jimmy dinna like it. He's going to show him a
+little country sport to-nicht to edify him."
+
+Dannie outlined the plan of Jimmy's campaign. Despite disapproval, and
+a sore heart, Mary Malone had to smile--perhaps as much over Dannie's
+eagerness in telling what was contemplated as anything.
+
+"Why don't you take Jimmy's gun and go yoursilf?" she asked. "You
+haven't had a day off since fishing was over."
+
+"But I have the work to do," replied Dannie, "and I couldna leave--" He
+broke off abruptly, but the woman supplied the word.
+
+"Why can't you lave me, if Jimmy can? I'm not afraid. The snow and the
+cold will furnish me protiction to-night. There'll be no one to fear.
+Why should you do Jimmy's work, and miss the sport, to guard the thing
+he holds so lightly?"
+
+The red flushed Dannie's cheeks. Mary never before had spoken like
+that. He had to say something for Jimmy quickly, and quickness was not
+his forte. His lips opened, but nothing came; for as Jimmy had boasted,
+Dannie never lied, except for him, and at those times he had careful
+preparation before he faced Mary. Now, he was overtaken unawares. He
+looked so boyish in his confusion, the mother in Mary's heart was
+touched.
+
+"I'll till you what we'll do, Dannie," she said. "You tind the stock,
+and get in wood enough so that things won't be frazin' here; and then
+you hitch up and I'll go with you to town, and stay all night with Mrs.
+Dolan. You can put the horse in my sister's stable, and whin you and
+Jimmy get back, you'll be tired enough that you'll be glad to ride
+home. A visit with Katie will be good for me; I have been blue the last
+few days, and I can see you are just aching to go with the boys. Isn't
+that a fine plan?"
+
+"I should say that IS a guid plan," answered the delighted Dannie.
+Anything to save Mary another night alone was good, and then--that coon
+hunt did sound alluring.
+
+And that was how it happened that at nine o'clock that night, just as
+arrangements were being completed at Casey's, Dannie Macnoun stepped
+into the group and said to the astonished Jimmy: "Mary wanted to come
+to her sister's over nicht, so I fixed everything, and I'm going to the
+coon hunt, too, if you boys want me."
+
+The crowd closed around Dannie, patted his back and cheered him, and he
+was introduced to Mister O'Khayam, of Boston, who tried to drown the
+clamor enough to tell what his name really was, "in case of accident";
+but he couldn't be heard for Jimmy yelling that a good old Irish name
+like O'Khayam couldn't be beat in case of anything. And Dannie took a
+hasty glance at the Thread Man, to see if he wore that hated pleated
+coat, which lay at the bottom of Jimmy's anger.
+
+Then they started. Casey's wife was to be left in charge of the saloon,
+and the Thread Man half angered Casey by a whispered conversation with
+her in a corner. Jimmy cut his crowd as low as he possibly could, but
+it numbered fifteen men, and no one counted the dogs. Jimmy led the
+way, the Thread Man beside him, and the crowd followed. The walking
+would be best to follow the railroad to the Canoper, and also they
+could cross the railroad bridge over the river and save quite a
+distance.
+
+Jimmy helped the Thread Man into a borrowed overcoat and mittens, and
+loaded him with a twelve-pound gun, and they started. Jimmy carried a
+torch, and as torch bearer he was a rank failure, for he had a careless
+way of turning it and flashing it into people's faces that compelled
+them to jump to save themselves. Where the track lay clear and straight
+ahead the torch seemed to light it like day; but in dark places it was
+suddenly lowered or wavering somewhere else. It was through this
+carelessness of Jimmy's that at the first cattle-guard north of the
+village the torch flickered backward, ostensibly to locate Dannie, and
+the Thread Man went crashing down between the iron bars, and across the
+gun. Instantly Jimmy sprawled on top of him, and the next two men
+followed suit. The torch plowed into the snow and went out, and the
+yells of Jimmy alarmed the adjoining village.
+
+He was hurt the worst of all, and the busiest getting in marching order
+again. "Howly smoke!" he panted. "I was havin' the time of me life, and
+plum forgot that cow-kitcher. Thought it was a quarter of a mile away
+yet. And liked to killed meself with me carelessness. But that's always
+the way in true sport. You got to take the knocks with the fun." No one
+asked the Thread Man if he was hurt, and he did not like to seem
+unmanly by mentioning a skinned shin, when Jimmy Malone seemed to have
+bursted most of his inside; so he shouldered his gun and limped along,
+now slightly in the rear of Jimmy. The river bridge was a serious
+matter with its icy coat, and danger of specials, and the torches
+suddenly flashed out from all sides; and the Thread Man gave thanks for
+Dannie Macnoun, who reached him a steady hand across the ties. The walk
+was three miles, and the railroad lay at from twenty to thirty feet
+elevation along the river and through the bottom land. The Boston man
+would have been thankful for the light, but as the last man stepped
+from the ties of the bridge all the torches went out save one. Jimmy
+explained they simply had to save them so that they could see where the
+coon fell when they began to shake the coon tree.
+
+Just beside the water tank, and where the embankment was twenty feet
+sheer, Jimmy was cautioning the Boston man to look out, when the hunter
+next behind him gave a wild yell and plunged into his back. Jimmy's
+grab for him seemed more a push than a pull, and the three rolled to
+the bottom, and half way across the flooded ditch. The ditch was frozen
+over, but they were shaken, and smothered in snow. The whole howling
+party came streaming down the embankment. Dannie held aloft his torch
+and discovered Jimmy lying face down in a drift, making no effort to
+rise, and the Thread Man feebly tugging at him and imploring some one
+to come and help get Malone out. Then Dannie slunk behind the others
+and yelled until he was tired.
+
+By and by Jimmy allowed himself to be dragged out.
+
+"Who the thunder was that come buttin' into us?" he blustered. "I don't
+allow no man to butt into me when I'm on an imbankmint. Send the fool
+back here till I kill him."
+
+The Thread Man was pulling at Jimmy's arm. "Don't mind, Jimmy," he
+gasped. "It was an accident! The man slipped. This is an awful place. I
+will be glad when we reach the woods. I'll feel safer with ground
+that's holding up trees under my feet. Come on, now! Are we not almost
+there? Should we not keep quiet from now on? Will we not alarm the
+coons?"
+
+"Sure," said Jimmy. "Boys, don't hollo so much. Every blamed coon will
+be scared out of its hollow!"
+
+"Amazing!" said the Thread Man. "How clever! Came on the spur of the
+moment. I must remember that to tell the Club. Do not hollo. Scare the
+coon out of its hollow!"
+
+"Oh, I do miles of things like that," said Jimmy dryly, "and mostly I
+have to do thim before the spur of the moment; because our moments go
+so domn fast out here mighty few of thim have time to grow their spurs
+before they are gone. Here's where we turn. Now, boys, they've been
+trying to get this biler across the tracks here, and they've broke the
+ice. The water in this ditch is three feet deep and freezing cold.
+They've stuck getting the biler over, but I wonder if we can't cross on
+it, and hit the wood beyond. Maybe we can walk it."
+
+Jimmy set a foot on the ice-covered boiler, howled, and fell back on
+the men behind him. "Jimminy crickets, we niver can do that!" he
+yelled. "It's a glare of ice and roundin'. Let's crawl through it! The
+rist of you can get through if I can. We'd better take off our
+overcoats, to make us smaller. We can roll thim into a bundle, and the
+last man can pull it through behind him."
+
+Jimmy threw off his coat and entered the wrecked oil engine. He knew
+how to hobble through on his toes, but the pleated coat of the Boston
+man, who tried to pass through by stooping, got almost all Jimmy had in
+store for it. Jimmy came out all right with a shout. The Thread Man did
+not step half so far, and landed knee deep in the icy oil-covered slush
+of the ditch. That threw him off his balance, and Jimmy let him sink
+one arm in the pool, and then grabbed him, and scooped oil on his back
+with the other hand as he pulled. During the excitement and struggles
+of Jimmy and the Thread Man, the rest of the party jumped the ditch and
+gathered about, rubbing soot and oil on the Boston man, and he did not
+see how they crossed.
+
+Jimmy continued to rub oil and soot into the hated coat industriously.
+The dogs leaped the ditch, and the instant they struck the woods broke
+away baying over fresh tracks. The men yelled like mad. Jimmy struggled
+into his overcoat, and helped the almost insane Boston man into his and
+then they hurried after the dogs.
+
+The scent was so new and clear the dogs simply raged. The Thread Man
+was wild, Jimmy was wilder, and the thirteen contributed all they could
+for laughing. Dannie forgot to be ashamed of himself and followed the
+example of the crowd. Deeper and deeper into the wild, swampy Canoper
+led the chase. With a man on either side to guide him into the deepest
+holes and to shove him into bushy thickets, the skinned, soot-covered,
+oil-coated Boston man toiled and sweated. He had no time to think, the
+excitement was so intense. He scrambled out of each pitfall set for
+him, and plunged into the next with such uncomplaining bravery that
+Dannie very shortly grew ashamed, and crowding up beside him he took
+the heavy gun and tried to protect him all he could without falling
+under the eye of Jimmy, who was keeping close watch on the Boston man.
+
+Wild yelling told that the dogs had treed, and with shaking fingers the
+Thread Man pulled off the big mittens he wore and tried to lift the
+gun. Jimmy flashed a torch, and sure enough, in the top of a medium
+hickory tree, the light was reflected in streams from the big shining
+eyes of a coon. "Treed!" yelled Jimmy frantically. "Treed! and big as
+an elephant. Company's first shot. Here, Mister O'Khayam, here's a good
+place to stand. Gee, what luck! Coon in sight first thing, and Mellen's
+food coon at that! Shoot, Mister O'Khayam, shoot!"
+
+The Thread Man lifted the wavering gun, but it was no use.
+
+"Tell you what, Ruben," said Jimmy. "You are too tired to shoot
+straight. Let's take a rist, and ate our lunch. Then we'll cut down the
+tree and let the dogs get cooney. That way there won't be any shot
+marks in his skin. What do you say? Is that a good plan?"
+
+They all said that was the proper course, so they built a fire, and
+placed the Thread Man where he could see the gleaming eyes of the
+frightened coon, and where all of them could feast on his soot and
+oil-covered face. Then they opened the bag and passed the sandwiches.
+
+"I really am hungry," said the weary Thread Man, biting into his with
+great relish. His jaws moved once or twice experimentally, and then he
+lifted his handkerchief to his lips.
+
+"I wish 'twas as big as me head," said Jimmy, taking a great bite, and
+then he began to curse uproariously.
+
+"What ails the things?" inquired Dannie, ejecting a mouthful. And then
+all of them began to spit birdshot, and started an inquest
+simultaneously. Jimmy raged. He swore some enemy had secured the bag
+and mined the feast; but the boys who knew him laughed until it seemed
+the Thread Man must suspect. He indignantly declared it was a dirty
+trick. By the light of the fire he knelt and tried to free one of the
+sandwiches from its sprinkling of birdshot, so that it would be fit for
+poor Jimmy, who had worked so hard to lead them there and tree the
+coon. For the first time Jimmy looked thoughtful.
+
+But the sight of the Thread Man was too much for him, and a second
+later he was thrusting an ax into the hands accustomed to handling a
+thread case. Then he led the way to the tree, and began chopping at the
+green hickory. It was slow work, and soon the perspiration streamed.
+Jimmy pulled off his coat and threw it aside. He assisted the Thread
+Man out of his and tossed it behind him. The coat alighted in the fire,
+and was badly scorched before it was rescued. But the Thread Man was
+game. Fifty times that night it had been said that he was to have the
+first coon, of course he should work for it. So with the ax with which
+Casey chopped ice for his refrigerator, the Boston man banged against
+the hickory, and swore to himself because he could not make the chips
+fly as Jimmy did.
+
+"Iverybody clear out!" cried Jimmy. "Number one is coming down. Get the
+coffee sack ready. Baste cooney over the head and shove him in before
+the dogs tear the skin. We want a dandy big pelt out of this!"
+
+There was a crack, and the tree fell with a crash. All the Boston man
+could see was that from a tumbled pile of branches, dogs, and men, some
+one at last stepped back, gripping a sack, and cried: "Got it all
+right, and it's a buster."
+
+"Now for the other forty-nine!" shouted Jimmy, straining into his coat.
+
+"Come on, boys, we must secure a coon for every one," cried the Thread
+Man, heartily as any member of the party might have said it. But the
+rest of the boys suddenly grew tired. They did not want any coons, and
+after some persuasion the party agreed to go back to Casey's to warm
+up. The Thread Man got into his scorched, besooted, oil-smeared coat,
+and the overcoat which had been loaned him, and shouldered the gun.
+Jimmy hesitated. But Dannie came up to the Boston man and said:
+"There's a place in my shoulder that gun juist fits, and it's lonesome
+without it. Pass it over." Only the sorely bruised and strained Thread
+Man knew how glad he was to let it go.
+
+It was Dannie, too, who whispered to the Thread Man to keep close
+behind him; and when the party trudged back to Casey's it was so
+surprising how much better he knew the way going back than Jimmy had
+known it coming out, that the Thread Man did remark about it. But Jimmy
+explained that after one had been out a few hours their eyes became
+accustomed to the darkness and they could see better. That was
+reasonable, for the Thread Man knew it was true in his own experience.
+
+So they got back to Casey's, and found a long table set, and a steaming
+big oyster supper ready for them; and that explained the Thread Man's
+conference with Mrs. Casey. He took the head of the table, with his
+back to the wall, and placed Jimmy on his right and Dannie on his left.
+Mrs. Casey had furnished soap and towels, and at least part of the
+Boston man's face was clean. The oysters were fine, and well cooked.
+The Thread Man recited more of the wonderful poem for Dannie's benefit,
+and told jokes and stories. They laughed until they were so weak they
+could only pound the table to indicate how funny it was. And at the
+close, just as they were making a movement to rise, Casey proposed that
+he bring in the coon, and let all of them get a good look at their
+night's work. The Thread Man applauded, and Casey brought in the bag
+and shook it bottom up over the floor. Therefrom there issued a poor,
+frightened, maltreated little pet coon of Mrs. Casey's, and it
+dexterously ran up Casey's trouser leg and hid its nose in his collar,
+its chain dragging behind. And that was so funny the boys doubled over
+the table, and laughed and screamed until a sudden movement brought
+them to their senses.
+
+The Thread Man was on his feet, and his eyes were no laughing matter.
+He gripped his chair back, and leaned toward Jimmy. "You walked me into
+that cattle-guard on purpose!" he cried.
+
+Silence.
+
+"You led me into that boiler, and fixed the oil at the end!"
+
+No answer.
+
+"You mauled me all over the woods, and loaded those sandwiches
+yourself, and sored me for a week trying to chop down a tree with a pet
+coon chained in it! You----! You----! What had I done to you?"
+
+"You wouldn't drink with me, and I didn't like the domned, dinky,
+little pleated coat you wore," answered Jimmy.
+
+One instant amazement held sway on the Thread Man's face; the next,
+"And damned if I like yours!" he cried, and catching up a bowl half
+filled with broth he flung it squarely into Jimmy's face.
+
+Jimmy, with a great oath, sprang at the Boston man. But once in his
+life Dannie was quick. For the only time on record he was ahead of
+Jimmy, and he caught the uplifted fist in a grip that Jimmy's use of
+whiskey and suffering from rheumatism had made his master.
+
+"Steady--Jimmy, wait a minute," panted Dannie. "This mon is na even wi'
+ye yet. When every muscle in your body is strained, and every inch of
+it bruised, and ye are daubed wi' soot, and bedraggled in oil, and he's
+made ye the laughin' stock fra strangers by the hour, ye will be juist
+even, and ready to talk to him. Every minute of the nicht he's proved
+himself a mon, and right now he's showed he's na coward. It's up to ye,
+Jimmy. Do it royal. Be as much of a mon as he is. Say ye are sorry!"
+
+One tense instant the two friends faced each other.
+
+Then Jimmy's fist unclenched, and his arms dropped. Dannie stepped
+back, trying to breathe lightly, and it was between Jimmy and the
+Thread Man.
+
+"I am sorry," said Jimmy. "I carried my objictions to your wardrobe too
+far. If you'll let me, I'll clean you up. If you'll take it, I'll raise
+you the price of a new coat, but I'll be domn if I'll hilp put such a
+man as you are into another of the fiminine ginder."
+
+The Thread Man laughed, and shook Jimmy's hand; and then Jimmy proved
+why every one liked him by turning to Dannie and taking his hand.
+"Thank you, Dannie," he said. "You sure hilped me to mesilf that time.
+If I'd hit him, I couldn't have hild up me head in the morning."
+
+
+
+Chapter IV
+
+WHEN THE KINGFISHER AND THE BLACK BASS CAME HOME
+
+"Crimminy, but you are slow." Jimmy made the statement, not as one
+voices a newly discovered fact, but as one iterates a time-worn truism.
+He sat on a girder of the Limberlost bridge, and scraped the black muck
+from his boots in a little heap. Then he twisted a stick into the top
+of his rat sack, preparatory to his walk home. The ice had broken on
+the river, and now the partners had to separate at the bridge, each
+following his own line of traps to the last one, and return to the
+bridge so that Jimmy could cross to reach home. Jimmy was always
+waiting, after the river opened, and it was a remarkable fact to him
+that as soon as the ice was gone his luck failed him. This evening the
+bag at his feet proved by its bulk that it contained just about
+one-half the rats Dannie carried.
+
+"I must set my traps in my own way," answered Dannie calmly. "If I
+stuck them into the water ony way and went on, so would the rats. A
+trap is no a trap unless it is concealed."
+
+"That's it! Go on and give me a sarmon!" urged Jimmy derisively. "Who's
+got the bulk of the rats all winter? The truth is that my side of the
+river is the best catching in the extrame cold, and you get the most
+after the thaws begin to come. The rats seem to have a lot of burrows
+and shift around among thim. One time I'm ahead, and the nixt day they
+go to you: But it don't mane that you are any better TRAPPER than I am.
+I only got siven to-night. That's a sweet day's work for a whole man.
+Fifteen cints apace for sivin rats. I've a big notion to cut the rat
+business, and compete with Rocky in ile."
+
+Dannie laughed. "Let's hurry home, and get the skinning over before
+nicht," he said. "I think the days are growing a little longer. I seem
+to scent spring in the air to-day."
+
+Jimmy looked at Dannie's mud-covered, wet clothing, his blood-stained
+mittens and coat back, and the dripping bag he had rested on the
+bridge. "I've got some music in me head, and some action in me feet,"
+he said, "but I guess God forgot to put much sintimint into me heart.
+The breath of spring niver got so strong with me that I could smell it
+above a bag of muskrats and me trappin' clothes."
+
+He arose, swung his bag to his shoulder, and together they left the
+bridge, and struck the road leading to Rainbow Bottom. It was late
+February. The air was raw, and the walking heavy. Jimmy saw little
+around him, and there was little Dannie did not see. To him, his farm,
+the river, and the cabins in Rainbow Bottom meant all there was of
+life, for all he loved on earth was there. But loafing in town on rainy
+days, when Dannie sat with a book; hearing the talk at Casey's, at the
+hotel, and on the streets, had given Jimmy different views of life, and
+made his lot seem paltry compared with that of men who had greater
+possessions. On days when Jimmy's luck was bad, or when a fever of
+thirst burned him, he usually discoursed on some sort of intangible
+experience that men had, which he called "seeing life." His rat bag was
+unusually light that night, and in a vague way he connected it with the
+breaking up of the ice. When the river lay solid he usually carried
+home just twice the rats Dannie had, and as he had patronized Dannie
+all his life, it fretted Jimmy to be behind even one day at the traps.
+
+"Be Jasus, I get tired of this!" he said. "Always and foriver the same
+thing. I kape goin' this trail so much that I've got a speakin'
+acquaintance with meself. Some of these days I'm goin' to take a trip,
+and have a little change. I'd like to see Chicago, and as far west as
+the middle, anyway."
+
+"Well, ye canna go," said Dannie. "Ye mind the time when ye were
+married, and I thought I'd be best away, and packed my trunk? When ye
+and Mary caught me, ye got mad as fire, and she cried, and I had to
+stay. Just ye try going, and I'll get mad, and Mary will cry, and ye
+will stay at home, juist like I did."
+
+There was a fear deep in Dannie's soul that some day Jimmy would
+fulfill this long-time threat of his. "I dinna think there is ony place
+in all the world so guid as the place ye own," Dannie said earnestly.
+"I dinna care a penny what anybody else has, probably they have what
+they want. What _I_ want is the land that my feyther owned before me,
+and the house that my mither kept. And they'll have to show me the
+place they call Eden before I'll give up that it beats Rainbow
+Bottom--Summer, Autumn, or Winter. I dinna give twa hoops fra the
+palaces men rig up, or the thing they call 'landscape gardening'. When
+did men ever compete with the work of God? All the men that have
+peopled the earth since time began could have their brains rolled into
+one, and he would stand helpless before the anatomy of one of the rats
+in these bags. The thing God does is guid enough fra me."
+
+"Why don't you take a short cut to the matin'-house?" inquired Jimmy.
+
+"Because I wad have nothing to say when I got there," retorted Dannie.
+"I've a meetin'-house of my ain, and it juist suits me; and I've a God,
+too, and whether He is spirit or essence, He suits me. I dinna want to
+be held to sharper account than He faces me up to, when I hold
+communion with mesel'. I dinna want any better meetin'-house than
+Rainbow Bottom. I dinna care for better talkin' than the 'tongues in
+the trees'; sounder preachin' than the 'sermons in the stones'; finer
+readin' than the books in the river; no, nor better music than the
+choir o' the birds, each singin' in its ain way fit to burst its leetle
+throat about the mate it won, the nest they built, and the babies they
+are raising. That's what I call the music o' God, spontaneous, and the
+soul o' joy. Give it me every time compared with notes frae a book. And
+all the fine places that the wealth o' men ever evolved winna begin to
+compare with the work o' God, and I've got that around me every day."
+
+"But I want to see life," wailed Jimmy.
+
+"Then open your eyes, mon, fra the love o' mercy, open your eyes!
+There's life sailing over your heid in that flock o' crows going home
+fra the night. Why dinna ye, or some other mon, fly like that? There's
+living roots, and seeds, and insects, and worms by the million wherever
+ye are setting foot. Why dinna ye creep into the earth and sleep
+through the winter, and renew your life with the spring? The trouble
+with ye, Jimmy, is that ye've always followed your heels. If ye'd
+stayed by the books, as I begged ye, there now would be that in your
+heid that would teach ye that the old story of the Rainbow is true.
+There is a pot of gold, of the purest gold ever smelted, at its foot,
+and we've been born, and own a good living richt there. An' the gold is
+there; that I know, wealth to shame any bilious millionaire, and both
+of us missing the pot when we hold the location. Ye've the first
+chance, mon, fra in your life is the great prize mine will forever
+lack. I canna get to the bottom of the pot, but I'm going to come close
+to it as I can; and as for ye, empty it! Take it all! It's yours! It's
+fra the mon who finds it, and we own the location."
+
+"Aha! We own the location," repeated Jimmy. "I should say we do! Behold
+our hotbed of riches! I often lay awake nights thinkin' about my
+attachmint to the place.
+
+ "How dear to me heart are the scanes of me childhood,
+ Fondly gaze on the cabin where I'm doomed to dwell,
+ Those chicken-coop, thim pig-pen, these highly piled-wood
+ Around which I've always raised Hell."
+
+
+Jimmy turned in at his own gate, while Dannie passed to the cabin
+beyond. He entered, set the dripping rat bag in a tub, raked open the
+buried fire and threw on a log. He always ate at Jimmy's when Jimmy was
+at home, so there was no supper to get. He went out to the barn, wading
+mud ankle deep, fed and bedded his horses, and then went over to
+Jimmy's barn, and completed his work up to milking. Jimmy came out with
+the pail, and a very large hole in the bottom of it was covered with
+dried dough. Jimmy looked at it disapprovingly.
+
+"I bought a new milk pail the other night. I know I did," he said.
+"Mary was kicking for one a month ago, and I went after it the night I
+met Ruben O'Khayam. Now what the nation did I do with that pail?"
+
+"I have wondered mysel'," answered Dannie, as he leaned over and lifted
+a strange looking object from a barrel. "This is what ye brought home,
+Jimmy."
+
+Jimmy stared at the shining, battered, bullet-punctured pail in
+amazement. Slowly he turned it over and around, and then he lifted
+bewildered eyes to Dannie.
+
+"Are you foolin'?" he asked. "Did I bring that thing home in that
+shape?"
+
+"Honest!" said Dannie.
+
+"I remember buyin' it," said Jimmy slowly. "I remember hanging on to it
+like grim death, for it was the wan excuse I had for goin', but I don't
+just know how--!" Slowly he revolved the pail, and then he rolled over
+in the hay and laughed until he was tired. Then he sat up and wiped his
+eyes. "Great day! What a lot of fun I must have had before I got that
+milk pail into that shape," he said. "Domned if I don't go straight to
+town and buy another one; yes, bedad! I'll buy two!"
+
+In the meantime Dannie milked, fed and watered the cattle, and Jimmy
+picked up the pail of milk and carried it to the house. Dannie came by
+the wood pile and brought in a heavy load. Then they washed, and sat
+down to supper.
+
+"Seems to me you look unusually perky," said Jimmy to his wife. "Had
+any good news?"
+
+"Splendid!" said Mary. "I am so glad! And I don't belave you two
+stupids know!"
+
+"You niver can tell by lookin' at me what I know," said Jimmy. "Whin I
+look the wisest I know the least. Whin I look like a fool, I'm thinkin'
+like a philosopher."
+
+"Give it up," said Dannie promptly. You would not catch him knowing
+anything it would make Mary's eyes shine to tell.
+
+"Sap is running!" announced Mary.
+
+"The Divil you say!" cried Jimmy.
+
+"It is!" beamed Mary. "It will be full in three days. Didn't you notice
+how green the maples are? I took a little walk down to the bottom
+to-day. I niver in all my life was so tired of winter, and the first
+thing I saw was that wet look on the maples, and on the low land, where
+they are sheltered and yet get the sun, several of them are oozing!"
+
+"Grand!" cried Dannie. "Jimmy, we must peel those rats in a hurry, and
+then clean the spiles, and see how mony new ones we will need.
+To-morrow we must come frae the traps early and look up our troughs."
+
+"Oh, for pity sake, don't pile up work enough to kill a horse," cried
+Jimmy. "Ain't you ever happy unless you are workin'?"
+
+"Yes," said Dannie. "Sometimes I find a book that suits me, and
+sometimes the fish bite, and sometimes it's in the air."
+
+"Git the condinser" said Jimmy. "And that reminds me, Mary, Dannie
+smelled spring in the air to-day."
+
+"Well, what if he did?" questioned Mary. "I can always smell it. A
+little later, when the sap begins to run in all the trees, and the buds
+swell, and the ice breaks up, and the wild geese go over, I always
+scent spring; and when the catkins bloom, then it comes strong, and I
+just love it. Spring is my happiest time. I have more news, too!"
+
+"Don't spring so much at wance!" cried Jimmy, "you'll spoil my
+appetite."
+
+"I guess there's no danger," replied Mary.
+
+"There is," said Jimmy. "At laste in the fore siction. 'Appe' is
+Frinch, and manes atin'. 'Tite' is Irish, and manes drinkin'. Appetite
+manes atin' and drinkin' togither. 'Tite' manes drinkin' without atin',
+see?"
+
+"I was just goin' to mintion it meself," said Mary, "it's where you
+come in strong. There's no danger of anybody spoilin' your drinkin', if
+they could interfere with your atin'. You guess, Dannie."
+
+"The dominick hen is setting," ventured Dannie, and Mary's face showed
+that he had blundered on the truth.
+
+"She is," affirmed Mary, pouring the tea, "but it is real mane of you
+to guess it, when I've so few new things to tell. She has been setting
+two days, and she went over fifteen fresh eggs to-day. In just
+twinty-one days I will have fiftane the cunningest little chickens you
+ever saw, and there is more yet. I found the nest of the gray goose,
+and there are three big eggs in it, all buried in feathers. She must
+have stripped her breast almost bare to cover them. And I'm the
+happiest I've been all winter. I hate the long, lonely, shut-in time. I
+am going on a delightful spree. I shall help boil down sugar-water and
+make maple syrup. I shall set hins, and geese, and turkeys. I shall
+make soap, and clane house, and plant seed, and all my flowers will
+bloom again. Goody for summer; it can't come too soon to suit me."
+
+"Lord! I don't see what there is in any of those things," said Jimmy.
+"I've got just one sign of spring that interests me. If you want to see
+me caper, somebody mention to me the first rattle of the Kingfisher.
+Whin he comes home, and house cleans in his tunnel in the embankment,
+and takes possession of his stump in the river, the nixt day the Black
+Bass locates in the deep water below the shoals. THIN you can count me
+in. There is where business begins for Jimmy boy. I am going to have
+that Bass this summer, if I don't plant an acre of corn."
+
+"I bet you that's the truth!" said Mary, so quickly that both men
+laughed.
+
+"Ahem!" said Dannie. "Then I will have to do my plowing by a heidlicht,
+so I can fish as much as ye do in the day time. I hereby make, enact,
+and enforce a law that neither of us is to fish in the Bass hole when
+the other is not there to fish also. That is the only fair way. I've as
+much richt to him as ye have."
+
+"Of course!" said Mary. "That is a fair way. Make that a rule, and kape
+it. If you both fish at once, it's got to be a fair catch for the one
+that lands it; but whoever catches it, _I_ shall ate it, so it don't
+much matter to me."
+
+"You ate it!" howled Jimnmy. "I guess not. Not a taste of that fish,
+when he's teased me for years? He's as big as a whale. If Jonah had had
+the good fortune of falling in the Wabash, and being swallowed by the
+Black Bass, he could have ridden from Peru to Terre Haute, and suffered
+no inconvanience makin' a landin'. Siven pounds he'll weigh by the
+steelyard I'll wager you."
+
+"Five, Jimmy, five," corrected Dannie.
+
+"Siven!" shouted Jimmy. "Ain't I hooked him repeated? Ain't I seen him
+broadside? I wonder if thim domn lines of mine have gone and rotted."
+
+He left his supper, carrying his chair, and standing on it he began
+rummaging the top shelf of the cupboard for his box of tackle. He
+knocked a bottle from the shelf, but caught it in mid-air with a
+dexterous sweep.
+
+"Spirits are movin'," cried Jimmy, as he restored the camphor to its
+place. He carried the box to the window, and became so deeply engrossed
+in its contents that he did not notice when Dannie picked up his rat
+bag and told him to come on and help skin their day's catch. Mary tried
+to send him, and he was going in a minute, but the minute stretched and
+stretched, and both of them were surprised when the door opened and
+Dannie entered with an armload of spiles, and the rat-skinning was all
+over. So Jimmy went on unwinding lines, and sharpening hooks, and
+talking fish; while Dannie and Mary cleaned the spiles, and figured on
+how many new elders must be cut and prepared for more on the morrow;
+and planned the sugar making.
+
+When it was bedtime, and Dannie had gone an Jimmy and Mary closed their
+cabin for the night, Mary stepped to the window that looked on Dannie's
+home to see if his light was burning. It was, and clear in its rays
+stood Dannie, stripping yard after yard of fine line through his
+fingers, and carefully examining it. Jimmy came and stood beside her as
+she wondered.
+
+"Why, the domn son of the Rainbow," he cried, "if he ain't testing his
+fish lines!"
+
+The next day Mary Malone was rejoicing when the men returned from
+trapping, and gathering and cleaning the sugar-water troughs. There had
+been a robin at the well.
+
+"Kape your eye on, Mary" advised Jimmy. "If she ain't watched close
+from this time on, she'll be settin' hins in snowdrifts, and pouring
+biling water on the daffodils to sprout them."
+
+On the first of March, five killdeers flew over in a flock, and a half
+hour later one straggler crying piteously followed in their wake.
+
+"Oh, the mane things!" almost sobbed Mary. "Why don't they wait for it?"
+
+She stood by a big kettle of boiling syrup at the sugar camp, almost
+helpless in Jimmy's boots and Dannie's great coat. Jimmy cut and
+carried wood, and Dannie hauled sap. All the woods were stirred by the
+smell of the curling smoke and the odor of the boiling sap, fine as the
+fragrance of flowers. Bright-eyed deer mice peeped at her from under
+old logs, the chickadees, nuthatches, and jays started an investigating
+committee to learn if anything interesting to them was occurring. One
+gayly-dressed little sapsucker hammered a tree near by and scolded
+vigorously.
+
+"Right you are!" said Mary. "It's a pity you're not big enough to drive
+us from the woods, for into one kittle goes enough sap to last you a
+lifetime."
+
+The squirrels were sure it was an intrusion, and raced among the
+branches overhead, barking loud defiance. At night the three rode home
+on the sled, with the syrup jugs beside them, and Mary's apron was
+filled with big green rolls of pungent woolly-dog moss.
+
+Jimmy built the fires, Dannie fed the stock, and Mary cooked the
+supper. When it was over, while the men warmed chilled feet and fingers
+by the fire, Mary poured some syrup into a kettle, and just as it
+"sugared off" she dipped streams of the amber sweetness into cups of
+water. All of them ate it like big children, and oh, but it was good!
+Two days more of the same work ended sugar making, but for the next
+three days Dannie gathered the rapidly diminishing sap for the vinegar
+barrel.
+
+Then there were more hens ready to set, water must be poured hourly
+into the ash hopper to start the flow of lye for soap making, and the
+smoke house must be gotten ready to cure the hams and pickled meats, so
+that they would keep during warm weather. The bluebells were pushing
+through the sod in a race with the Easter and star flowers. One morning
+Mary aroused Jimmy with a pull at his arm.
+
+"Jimmy, Jimmy," she cried. "Wake up!"
+
+"Do you mane, wake up, or get up?" asked Jimmy sleepily.
+
+"Both," cried Mary. "The larks are here!"
+
+A little later Jimmy shouted from the back door to the barn: "Dannie,
+do you hear the larks?"
+
+"Ye bet I do," answered Dannie. "Heard ane goin' over in the nicht. How
+long is it now till the Kingfisher comes?"
+
+"Just a little while," said Jimmy. "If only these March storms would
+let up 'stid of down! He can't come until he can fish, you know. He's
+got to have crabs and minnies to live on."
+
+A few days later the green hylas began to pipe in the swamps, the
+bullfrogs drummed among the pools in the bottom, the doves cooed in the
+thickets, and the breath of spring was in the nostrils of all creation,
+for the wind was heavy with the pungent odor of catkin pollen. The
+spring flowers were two inches high. The peonies and rhubarb were
+pushing bright yellow and red cones through the earth. The old gander,
+leading his flock along the Wabash, had hailed passing flocks bound
+northward until he was hoarse; and the Brahma rooster had threshed the
+yellow dorkin until he took refuge under the pig pen, and dare not
+stick out his unprotected head.
+
+The doors had stood open at supper time, and Dannie staid up late,
+mending and oiling the harness. Jimmy sat by cleaning his gun, for to
+his mortification he had that day missed killing a crow which stole
+from the ash hopper the egg with which Mary tested the strength of the
+lye. In a basket behind the kitchen stove fifteen newly hatched yellow
+chickens, with brown stripes on their backs, were peeping and nestling;
+and on wing the killdeers cried half the night. At two o'clock in the
+morning came a tap on the Malone's bedroom window.
+
+"Dannie?" questioned Mary, half startled.
+
+"Tell Jimmy!" cried Dannie's breathless voice outside. "Tell him the
+Kingfisher has juist struck the river!"
+
+Jimmy sat straight up in bed.
+
+"Then glory be!" he cried. "To-morrow the Black Bass comes home!"
+
+
+
+Chapter V
+
+WHEN THE RAINBOW SET ITS ARCH IN THE SKY
+
+"Where did Jimmy go?" asked Mary.
+
+Jimmy had been up in time to feed the chickens and carry in the milk,
+but he disappeared shortly after breakfast.
+
+Dannie almost blushed as he answered: "He went to take a peep at the
+river. It's going down fast. When it gets into its regular channel,
+spawning will be over and the fish will come back to their old places.
+We figure that the Black Bass will be home to-day."
+
+"When you go digging for bait," said Mary, "I wonder if the two of you
+could make it convanient to spade an onion bed. If I had it spaded I
+could stick the sets mesilf."
+
+"Now, that amna fair, Mary," said Dannie. "We never went fishing till
+the garden was made, and the crops at least wouldna suffer. We'll make
+the beds, of course, juist as soon as they can be spaded, and plant the
+seed, too."
+
+"I want to plant the seeds mesilf," said Mary.
+
+"And we dinna want ye should," replied Dannie. "All we want ye to do,
+is to boss."
+
+"But I'm going to do the planting mesilf," Mary was emphatic. "It will
+be good for me to be in the sunshine, and I do enjoy working in the
+dirt, so that for a little while I'm happy."
+
+"If ye want to put the onions in the highest place, I should think I
+could spade ane bed now, and enough fra lettuce and radishes."
+
+Dannie went after a spade, and Mary Malone laughed softly as she saw
+that he also carried an old tin can. He tested the earth in several
+places, and then called to her: "All right, Mary! Ground in prime
+shape. Turns up dry and mellow. We will have the garden started in no
+time."
+
+He had spaded but a minute when Mary saw him run past the window, leap
+the fence, and go hurrying down the path to the river. She went to the
+door. At the head of the lane stood Jimmy, waving his hat, and the
+fresh morning air carried his cry clearly: "Gee, Dannie! Come hear him
+splash!"
+
+Just why that cry, and the sight of Dannie Macnoun racing toward the
+river, his spade lying on the upturned earth of her scarcely begun
+onion bed, should have made her angry, it would be hard to explain. He
+had no tackle or bait, and reason easily could have told her that he
+would return shortly, and finish anything she wanted done; but when was
+a lonely, disappointed woman ever reasonable?
+
+She set the dish water on the stove, wiped her hands on her apron, and
+walking to the garden, picked up the spade and began turning great
+pieces of earth. She had never done rough farm work, such as women all
+about her did; she had little exercise during the long, cold winter,
+and the first half dozen spadefuls tired her until the tears of
+self-pity rolled.
+
+"I wish there was a turtle as big as a wash tub in the river" she
+sobbed, "and I wish it would eat that old Black Bass to the last scale.
+And I'm going to take the shotgun, and go over to the embankment, and
+poke it into the tunnel, and blow the old Kingfisher through into the
+cornfield. Then maybe Dannie won't go off too and leave me. I want this
+onion bed spaded right away, so I do."
+
+"Drop that! Idjit! What you doing?" yelled Jimmy.
+
+"Mary, ye goose!" panted Dannie, as he came hurrying across the yard.
+"Wha' do ye mean? Ye knew I'd be back in a minute! Jimmy juist called
+me to hear the Bass splash. I was comin' back. Mary, this amna fair."
+
+Dannie took the spade from her hand, and Mary fled sobbing to the house.
+
+"What's the row?" demanded Jimmy of the suffering Dannie.
+
+"I'd juist started spadin' this onion bed," explained Dannie. "Of
+course, she thought we were going to stay all day."
+
+"With no poles, and no bait, and no grub? She didn't think any such a
+domn thing," said Jimmy. "You don't know women! She just got to the
+place where it's her time to spill brine, and raise a rumpus about
+something, and aisy brathin' would start her. Just let her bawl it out,
+and thin--we'll get something dacent for dinner."
+
+Dannie turned a spadeful of earth and broke it open, and Jimmy squatted
+by the can, and began picking out the angle worms.
+
+"I see where we dinna fish much this summer," said Dannie, as he
+waited. "And where we fish close home when we do, and where all the
+work is done before we go."
+
+"Aha, borrow me rose-colored specks!" cried Jimmy. "I don't see
+anything but what I've always seen. I'll come and go as I please, and
+Mary can do the same. I don't throw no 'jeminy fit' every time a woman
+acts the fool a little, and if you'd lived with one fiftane years you
+wouldn't either. Of course we'll make the garden. Wish to goodness it
+was a beer garden! Wouldn't I like to plant a lot of hop seed and see
+rows of little green beer bottles humpin' up the dirt. Oh, my! What all
+does she want done?"
+
+Dannie turned another spadeful of earth and studied the premises, while
+Jimmy gathered the worms.
+
+"Palins all on the fence?" asked Dannie.
+
+"Yep," said Jimmy.
+
+"Well, the yard is to be raked."
+
+"Yep."
+
+"The flooer beds spaded."
+
+"Yep."
+
+"Stones around the peonies, phlox, and hollyhocks raised and manure
+worked in. All the trees must be pruned, the bushes and vines trimmed,
+and the gooseberries, currants, and raspberries thinned. The strawberry
+bed must be fixed up, and the rhubarb and asparagus spaded around and
+manured. This whole garden must be made----"
+
+"And the road swept, and the gate sandpapered, and the barn
+whitewashed! Return to grazing, Nebuchadnezzar," said Jimmy. "We do
+what's raisonable, and then we go fishin'. See?"
+
+Three beds spaded, squared, and ready for seeding lay in the warm
+spring sunshine before noon. Jimmy raked the yard, and Dannie trimmed
+the gooseberries. Then he wheeled a barrel of swamp loam for a flower
+bed by the cabin wall, and listened intently between each shovelful he
+threw. He could not hear a sound. What was more, he could not bear it.
+He went to Jimmy.
+
+"Say, Jimmy," he said. "Dinna ye have to gae in fra a drink?"
+
+"House or town?" inquired Jimmy sweetly.
+
+"The house!" exploded Dannie. "I dinna hear a sound yet. Ye gae in fra
+a drink, and tell Mary I want to know where she'd like the new flooer
+bed she's been talking about."
+
+Jimmy leaned the rake against a tree, and started.
+
+"And Jimmy," said Dannie. "If she's quit crying, ask her what was the
+matter. I want to know."
+
+Jimmy vanished. Presently he passed Dannie where he worked.
+
+"Come on," whispered Jimmy.
+
+The bewildered Dannie followed. Jimmy passed the wood pile, and pig
+pen, and slunk around behind the barn, where he leaned against the logs
+and held his sides. Dannie stared at him.
+
+"She says," wheezed Jimmy, "that she guesses SHE wanted to go and hear
+the Bass splash, too!"
+
+Dannie's mouth fell open, and then closed with a snap.
+
+"Us fra the fool killer!" he said. "Ye dinna let her see ye laugh?"
+
+"Let her see me laugh!" cried Jimmy. "Let her see me laugh! I told her
+she wasn't to go for a few days yet, because we were sawin' the
+Kingfisher's stump up into a rustic sate for her, and we were goin' to
+carry her out to it, and she was to sit there and sew, and umpire the
+fishin', and whichiver bait she told the Bass to take, that one of us
+would be gettin' it. And she was pleased as anything, me lad, and now
+it's up to us to rig up some sort of a dacint sate, and tag a woman
+along half the time. You thick-tongued descindint of a bagpipe baboon,
+what did you sind me in there for?"
+
+"Maybe a little of it will tire her," groaned Dannie.
+
+"It will if she undertakes to follow me," Jimmy said. "I know where
+horse-weeds grow giraffe high."
+
+Then they went back to work, and presently many savory odors began to
+steal from the cabin. Whereat Jimmy looked at Dannie, and winked an
+'I-told-you-so' wink. A garden grows fast under the hands of two strong
+men really working, and by the time the first slice of sugar-cured ham
+from the smoke house for that season struck the sizzling skillet, and
+Mary very meekly called from the back door to know if one of them
+wanted to dig a little horse radish, the garden was almost ready for
+planting. Then they went into the cabin and ate fragrant, thick slices
+of juicy fried ham, seasoned with horse radish; fried eggs, freckled
+with the ham fat in which they were cooked; fluffy mashed potatoes,
+with a little well of melted butter in the center of the mound
+overflowing the sides; raisin pie, soda biscuit, and their own maple
+syrup.
+
+"Ohumahoh!" said Jimmy. "I don't know as I hanker for city life so much
+as I sometimes think I do. What do you suppose the adulterated stuff we
+read about in papers tastes like?"
+
+"I've often wondered," answered Dannie. "Look at some of the hogs and
+cattle that we see shipped from here to city markets. The folks that
+sell them would starve before they'd eat a bit o' them, yet somebody
+eats them, and what do ye suppose maple syrup made from hickory bark
+and brown sugar tastes like?"
+
+"And cold-storage eggs, and cotton-seed butter, and even horse radish
+half turnip," added Mary. "Bate up the cream a little before you put it
+in your coffee, or it will be in lumps. Whin the cattle are on clover
+it raises so thick."
+
+Jimmy speared a piece of salt-rising bread crust soaked in ham gravy
+made with cream, and said: "I wish I could bring that Thrid Man home
+with me to one meal of the real thing nixt time he strikes town. I
+belave he would injoy it. May I, Mary?"
+
+Mary's face flushed slightly. "Depends on whin he comes," she said. "Of
+course, if I am cleaning house, or busy with something I can't put
+off----"
+
+"Sure!" cried Jimmy. "I'd ask you before I brought him, because I'd
+want him to have something spicial. Some of this ham, and horse radish,
+and maple syrup to begin with, and thin your fried spring chicken and
+your stewed squirrel is a drame, Mary. Nobody iver makes turtle soup
+half so rich as yours, and your green peas in cream, and asparagus on
+toast is a rivilation--don't you rimimber 'twas Father Michael that
+said it? I ought to be able to find mushrooms in a few weeks, and I can
+taste your rhubarb pie over from last year. Gee! But I wish he'd come
+in strawberrying! Berries from the vines, butter in the crust, crame
+you have to bate to make it smooth--talk about shortcake!"
+
+"What's wrong wi' cherry cobbler?" asked Dannie.
+
+"Or blackberry pie?"
+
+"Or greens cooked wi' bacon?"
+
+"Or chicken pie?"
+
+"Or catfish, rolled in cornmeal and fried in ham fat?"
+
+"Or guineas stewed in cream, with hard-boiled eggs in the gravy?"
+
+"Oh, stop!" cried the delighted Mary. "It makes me dead tired thinkin'
+how I'll iver be cookin' all you'll want. Sure, have him come, and both
+of you can pick out the things you like the best, and I'll fix thim for
+him. Pure, fresh stuff might be a trate to a city man. When Dolan took
+sister Katie to New York with him, his boss sent them to a
+five-dollar-a-day house, and they thought they was some up. By the
+third day poor Katie was cryin' for a square male. She couldn't touch
+the butter, the eggs made her sick, and the cold-storage meat and
+chicken never got nearer her stomach than her nose. So she just ate
+fish, because they were fresh, and she ate, and she ate, till if you
+mintion New York to poor Katie she turns pale, and tastes fish. She
+vows and declares that she feeds her chickens and hogs better food
+twice a day than people fed her in New York."
+
+"I'll bet my new milk pail the grub we eat ivery day would be a trate
+that would raise him," said Jimmy. "Provided his taste ain't so
+depraved with saltpeter and chalk he don't know fresh, pure food whin
+he tastes it. I understand some of the victims really don't."
+
+"Your new milk pail?" questioned Mary.
+
+"That's what!" said Jimmy. "The next time I go to town I'm goin' to get
+you two."
+
+"But I only need one," protested Mary. "Instead of two, get me a new
+dishpan. Mine leaks, and smears the stove and table."
+
+"Be Gorry!" sighed Jimmy. "There goes me tongue, lettin' me in for it
+again. I'll look over the skins, and if any of thim are ripe, I'll get
+you a milk pail and a dishpan the nixt time I go to town. And, by gee!
+If that dandy big coon hide I got last fall looks good, I'm going to
+comb it up, and work the skin fine, and send it to the Thrid Man, with
+me complimints. I don't feel right about him yet. Wonder what his name
+railly is, and where he lives, or whether I killed him complate."
+
+"Any dry goods man in town can tell ye," said Dannie.
+
+"Ask the clerk in the hotel," suggested Mary.
+
+"You've said it," cried Jimmy. "That's the stuff! And I can find out
+whin he will be here again."
+
+Two hours more they faithfully worked on the garden, and then Jimmy
+began to grow restless.
+
+"Ah, go on!" cried Mary. "You have done all that is needed just now,
+and more too. There won't any fish bite to-day, but you can have the
+pleasure of stringin' thim poor sufferin' worms on a hook and soaking
+thim in the river."
+
+"'Sufferin' worms!' Sufferin' Job!" cried Jimmy. "What nixt? Go on,
+Dannie, get your pole!"
+
+Dannie went. As he came back Jimmy was sprinkling a thin layer of earth
+over the bait in the can. "Why not come along, Mary?" he suggested.
+
+"I'm not done planting my seeds," she answered. "I'll be tired when I
+am, and I thought that place wasn't fixed for me yet."
+
+"We can't fix that till a little later," said Jimmy. "We can't tell
+where it's going to be grassy and shady yet, and the wood is too wet to
+fix a sate."
+
+"Any kind of a sate will do," said Mary. "I guess you better not try to
+make one out of the Kingfisher stump. If you take it out it may change
+the pool and drive away the Bass."
+
+"Sure!" cried Jimmy. "What a head you've got! We'll have to find some
+other stump for a sate."
+
+"I don't want to go until it gets dry under foot, and warmer" said
+Mary. "You boys go on. I'll till you whin I am riddy to go."
+
+"There!" said Jimmy, when well on the way to the river. "What did I
+tell you? Won't go if she has the chance! Jist wants to be ASKED."
+
+"I dinna pretend to know women," said Dannie gravely. "But whatever
+Mary does is all richt with me."
+
+"So I've obsarved," remarked Jimmy. "Now, how will we get at this
+fishin' to be parfectly fair?"
+
+"Tell ye what I think," said Dannie. "I think we ought to pick out the
+twa best places about the Black Bass pool, and ye take ane fra yours
+and I'll take the ither fra mine, and then we'll each fish from his own
+place."
+
+"Nothing fair about that," answered Jimmy. "You might just happen to
+strike the bed where he lays most, and be gettin' bites all the time,
+and me none; or I might strike it and you be left out. And thin there's
+days whin the wind has to do, and the light. We ought to change places
+ivery hour."
+
+"There's nothing fair in that either," broke in Dannie. "I might have
+him tolled up to my place, and juist be feedin' him my bait, and here
+you'd come along and prove by your watch that my time was up, and take
+him when I had him all ready to bite."
+
+"That's so for you!" hurried in Jimmy. "I'll be hanged if I'd leave a
+place by the watch whin I had a strike!"
+
+"Me either," said Dannie. "'Tis past human nature to ask it. I'll tell
+ye what we'll do. We'll go to work and rig up a sort of a bridge where
+it's so narrow and shallow, juist above Kingfisher shoals, and then
+we'll toss up fra sides. Then each will keep to his side. With a decent
+pole either of us can throw across the pool, and both of us can fish as
+we please. Then each fellow can pick his bait, and cast or fish deep as
+he thinks best. What d'ye say to that?"
+
+"I don't see how anything could be fairer than that," said Jimmy. "I
+don't want to fish for anything but the Bass. I'm goin' back and get
+our rubber boots, and you be rollin' logs, and we'll build that
+crossing right now."
+
+"All richt," said Dannie.
+
+So they laid aside their poles and tackle, and Dannie rolled logs and
+gathered material for the bridge, while Jimmy went back after their
+boots. Then both of them entered the water and began clearing away
+drift and laying the foundations. As the first log of the crossing
+lifted above the water Dannie paused.
+
+"How about the Kingfisher?" he asked. "Winna this scare him away?"
+
+"Not if he ain't a domn fool," said Jimmy; "and if he is, let him go!"
+
+"Seems like the river would no be juist richt without him," said
+Dannie, breaking off a spice limb and nibbling the fragrant buds.
+"Let's only use what we bare need to get across. And where will we fix
+fra Mary?"
+
+"Oh, git out!" said Jimmy. "I ain't goin' to fool with that."
+
+"Well, we best fix a place. Then we can tell her we fixed it, and it's
+all ready."
+
+"Sure!" cried Jimmy. "You are catchin' it from your neighbor. Till her
+a place is all fixed and watin', and you couldn't drag her here with a
+team of oxen. Till her you are GOING to fix it soon, and she'll come to
+see if you've done it, if she has to be carried on a stritcher."
+
+So they selected a spot that they thought would be all right for Mary,
+and not close enough to disturb the Bass and the Kingfisher, rolled two
+logs, and fished a board that had been carried by a freshet from the
+water and laid it across them, and decided that would have to serve
+until they could do better.
+
+Then they sat astride the board, Dannie drew out a coin, and they
+tossed it to see which was heads and tails. Dannie won heads. Then they
+tossed to see which bank was heads or tails, and the right, which was
+on Rainbow side, came heads. So Jimmy was to use the bridge. Then they
+went home, and began the night work. The first thing Jimmy espied was
+the barrel containing the milk pail. He fished out the pail, and while
+Dannie fed the stock, shoveled manure, and milked, Jimmy pounded out
+the dents, closed the bullet holes, emptied the bait into it, half
+filled it with mellow earth, and went to Mary for some corn meal to
+sprinkle on the top to feed the worms.
+
+At four o'clock the next morning, Dannie was up feeding, milking,
+scraping plows, and setting bolts. After breakfast they piled their
+implements on a mudboat, which Dannie drove, while Jimmy rode one of
+his team, and led the other, and opened the gates. They began on
+Dannie's field, because it was closest, and for the next two weeks,
+unless it were too rainy to work, they plowed, harrowed, lined off, and
+planted the seed.
+
+The blackbirds followed along the furrows picking up grubs, the crows
+cawed from high tree tops, the bluebirds twittered about hollow stumps
+and fence rails, the wood thrushes sang out their souls in the thickets
+across the river, and the King Cardinal of Rainbow Bottom whistled to
+split his throat from the giant sycamore. Tender greens were showing
+along the river and in the fields, and the purple of red-bud mingled
+with the white of wild plum all along the Wabash.
+
+The sunny side of the hill that sloped down to Rainbow Bottom was a
+mass of spring beauties, anemones, and violets; thread-like ramps rose
+rank to the scent among them, and round ginger leaves were thrusting
+their folded heads through the mold. The Kingfisher was cleaning his
+house and fishing from his favorite stump in the river, while near him,
+at the fall of every luckless worm that missed its hold on a
+blossom-whitened thorn tree, came the splash of the great Black Bass.
+Every morning the Bass took a trip around Horseshoe Bend food hunting,
+and the small fry raced for life before his big, shear-like jaws.
+During the heat of noon he lay in the deep pool below the stump, and
+rested; but when evening came he set out in search of supper, and
+frequently he felt so good that he leaped clear of the water, and fell
+back with a splash that threw shining spray about him, or lashed out
+with his tail and sent widening circles of waves rolling from his
+lurking place. Then the Kingfisher rattled with all his might, and flew
+for the tunnel in the embankment.
+
+Some of these days the air was still, the earth warmed in the golden
+sunshine, and murmured a low song of sleepy content. Some days the wind
+raised, whirling dead leaves before it, and covering the earth with
+drifts of plum, cherry, and apple bloom, like late falling snow. Then
+great black clouds came sweeping across the sky, and massed above
+Rainbow Bottom. The lightning flashed as if the heavens were being
+cracked open, and the rolling thunder sent terror to the hearts of man
+and beast. When the birds flew for shelter, Dannie and Jimmy unhitched
+their horses, and raced for the stables to escape the storm, and to be
+with Mary, whom electricity made nervous.
+
+They would sit on the little front porch, and watch the greedy earth
+drink the downpour. They could almost see the grass and flowers grow.
+When the clouds scattered, the thunder grew fainter; and the sun shone
+again between light sprinkles of rain. Then a great, glittering rainbow
+set its arch in the sky, and it planted one of its feet in Horseshoe
+Bend, and the other so far away they could not even guess where.
+
+If it rained lightly, in a little while Dannie and Jimmy could go back
+to their work afield. If the downpour was heavy, and made plowing
+impossible, they pulled weeds, and hoed in the garden. Dannie
+discoursed on the wholesome freshness of the earth, and Jimmy ever
+waited a chance to twist his words, and ring in a laugh on him. He
+usually found it. Sometimes, after a rain, they took their bait cans,
+and rods, and went down to the river to fish.
+
+If one could not go, the other religiously refrained from casting bait
+into the pool where the Black Bass lay. Once, when they were fishing
+together, the Bass rose to a white moth, skittered over the surface by
+Dannie late in the evening, and twice Jimmy had strikes which he
+averred had taken the arm almost off him, but neither really had the
+Bass on his hook. They kept to their own land, and fished when they
+pleased, for game laws and wardens were unknown to them.
+
+Truth to tell, neither of them really hoped to get the Bass before
+fall. The water was too high in the spring. Minnows were plentiful, and
+as Jimmy said, "It seemed as if the domn plum tree just rained
+caterpillars." So they bided their time, and the signs prohibiting
+trespass on all sides of their land were many and emphatic, and Mary
+had instructions to ring the dinner bell if she caught sight of any
+strangers.
+
+The days grew longer, and the sun was insistent. Untold miles they
+trudged back and forth across their land, guiding their horses, jerked
+about with plows, their feet weighted with the damp, clinging earth,
+and their clothing pasted to their wet bodies. Jimmy was growing
+restless. Never in all his life had he worked so faithfully as that
+spring, and never had his visits to Casey's so told on him. No matter
+where they started, or how hard they worked, Dannie was across the
+middle of the field, and helping Jimmy before the finish. It was always
+Dannie who plowed on, while Jimmy rode to town for the missing bolt or
+buckle, and he generally rolled from his horse into a fence corner, and
+slept the remainder of the day on his return.
+
+The work and heat were beginning to tire him, and his trips to Casey's
+had been much less frequent than he desired. He grew to feel that
+between them Dannie and Mary were driving him, and a desire to balk at
+slight cause, gathered in his breast. He deliberately tied his team in
+a fence corner, lay down, and fell asleep. The clanging of the supper
+bell aroused him. He opened his eyes, and as he rose, found that Dannie
+had been to the barn, and brought a horse blanket to cover him. Well as
+he knew anything, Jimmy knew that he had no business sleeping in fence
+corners so early in the season. With candor he would have admitted to
+himself that a part of his brittle temper came from aching bones and
+rheumatic twinges. Some way, the sight of Dannie swinging across the
+field, looking as fresh as in the early morning, and the fact that he
+had carried a blanket to cover him, and the further fact that he was
+wild for drink, and could think of no excuse on earth for going to
+town, brought him to a fighting crisis.
+
+Dannie turned his horses at Jimmy's feet.
+
+"Come on, Jimmy, supper bell has rung," he cried. "We mustn't keep Mary
+waiting. She wants us to help her plant the sweet potatoes to-nicht."
+
+Jimmy rose, and his joints almost creaked. The pain angered him. He
+leaned forward and glared at Dannie.
+
+"Is there one minute of the day whin you ain't thinkin' about my wife?"
+he demanded, oh, so slowly, and so ugly!
+
+Dannie met his hateful gaze squarely. "Na a minute," he answered,
+"excepting when I am thinking about ye."
+
+"The Hell you say!" exploded the astonished Jimmy.
+
+Dannie stepped out of the furrow, and came closer. "See here, Jimmy
+Malone," he said. "Ye ain't forgot the nicht when I told ye I loved
+Mary, with all my heart, and that I'd never love another woman. I sent
+ye to tell her fra me, and to ask if I might come to her. And ye
+brought me her answer. It's na your fault that she preferred ye.
+Everybody did. But it IS your fault that I've stayed on here. I tried
+to go, and ye wouldna let me. So for fifteen years, ye have lain with
+the woman I love, and I have lain alone in a few rods of ye. If that
+ain't Man-Hell, try some other on me, and see if it will touch me! I
+sent ye to tell her that I loved her; have I ever sent ye to tell her
+that I've quit? I should think you'd know, by this time, that I'm na
+quitter. Love her! Why, I love her till I can see her standin' plain
+before me, when I know she's a mile away. Love her! Why, I can smell
+her any place I am, sweeter than any flower I ever held to my face.
+Love her! Till the day I dee I'll love her. But it ain't any fault of
+yours, and if ye've come to the place where I worry ye, that's the
+place where I go, as I wanted to on the same day ye brought Mary to
+Rainbow Bottom."
+
+Jimmy's gray jaws fell open. Jimmy's sullen eyes cleared. He caught
+Dannie by the arm.
+
+"For the love of Hivin, what did I say, Dannie?" he panted. "I must
+have been half asleep. Go! You go! You leave Rainbow Bottom! Thin, by
+God, I go too! I won't stay here without you, not a day. If I had to
+take my choice between you, I'd give up Mary before I'd give up the
+best frind I iver had. Go! I guess not, unless I go with you! She can
+go to----"
+
+"Jimmy! Jimmy!" cautioned Dannie.
+
+"I mane ivery domn word of it," said Jimmy. "I think more of you, than
+I iver did of any woman."
+
+Dannie drew a deep breath. "Then why in the name of God did ye SAY that
+thing to me? I have na betrayed your trust in me, not ever, Jimmy, and
+ye know it. What's the matter with ye?"
+
+Jimmy heaved a deep sigh, and rubbed his hands across his hot, angry
+face. "Oh, I'm just so domn sore!" he said. "Some days I get about
+wild. Things haven't come out like I thought they would."
+
+"Jimmy, if ye are in trouble, why do ye na tell me? Canna I help ye?
+Have'nt I always helped ye if I could?"
+
+"Yes, you have," said Jimmy. "Always, been a thousand times too good to
+me. But you can't help here. I'm up agin it alone, but put this in your
+pipe, and smoke it good and brown, if you go, I go. I don't stay here
+without you."
+
+"Then it's up to ye na to make it impossible for me to stay," said
+Dannie. "After this, I'll try to be carefu'. I've had no guard on my
+lips. I've said whatever came into my heid."
+
+The supper bell clanged sharply a second time.
+
+"That manes more Hivin on the Wabash," said Jimmy. "Wish I had a bracer
+before I face it."
+
+"How long has it been, Jimmy?" asked Dannie.
+
+"Etarnity!" replied Jimmy briefly.
+
+Dannie stood thinking, and then light broke. Jimmy was always short of
+money in summer. When trapping was over, and before any crops were
+ready, he was usually out of funds. Dannie hesitated, and then he said,
+"Would a small loan be what ye need, Jimmy?"
+
+Jimmy's eyes gleamed. "It would put new life into me," he cried.
+"Forgive me, Dannie. I am almost crazy."
+
+Dannie handed over a coin, and after supper Jimmy went to town. Then
+Dannie saw his mistake. He had purchased peace for himself, but what
+about Mary?
+
+
+
+Chapter VI
+
+THE HEART OF MARY MALONE
+
+ "This is the job that was done with the reaper,
+ If we hustle we can do it ourselves,
+ Thus securing to us a little cheaper,
+ The bread and pie upon our pantry shelves.
+
+ Eat this wheat, by and by,
+ On this beautiful Wabash shore,
+ Drink this rye, by and by,
+ Eat and drink on this beautiful shore."
+
+
+So sang Jimmy as he drove through the wheat, oats and rye accompanied
+by the clacking machinery. Dannie stopped stacking sheaves to mop his
+warm, perspiring face and to listen. Jimmy always with an eye to the
+effect he was producing immediately broke into wilder parody:
+
+ "Drive this mower, a little slower,
+ On this beautiful Wabash shore,
+ Cuttin' wheat to buy our meat,
+ Cuttin' oats, to buy our coats,
+ Also pants, if we get the chance.
+
+ By and by, we'll cut the rye,
+ But I bet my hat I drink that, I drink that.
+ Drive this mower a little slower,
+ In this wheat, in this wheat, by and by."
+
+The larks scolded, fluttering over head, for at times the reaper
+overtook their belated broods. The bobolinks danced and chattered on
+stumps and fences, in an agony of suspense, when their nests were
+approached, and cried pitifully if they were destroyed. The chewinks
+flashed from the ground to the fences and trees, and back, crying
+"Che-wink?" "Che-wee!" to each other, in such excitement that they
+appeared to be in danger of flirting off their long tails. The quail
+ran about the shorn fields, and excitedly called from fence riders to
+draw their flocks into the security of Rainbow Bottom.
+
+Frightened hares bounded through the wheat, and if the cruel blade
+sheared into their nests, Dannie gathered the wounded and helpless of
+the scattered broods in his hat, and carried them to Mary.
+
+Then came threshing, which was a busy time, but after that, through the
+long hot days of late July and August, there was little to do afield,
+and fishing was impossible. Dannie grubbed fence corners, mended
+fences, chopped and corded wood for winter, and in spare time read his
+books. For the most part Jimmy kept close to Dannie. Jimmy's temper
+never had been so variable. Dannie was greatly troubled, for despite
+Jimmy's protests of devotion, he flared at a word, and sometimes at no
+word at all. The only thing in which he really seemed interested was
+the coon skin he was dressing to send to Boston. Over that he worked by
+the hour, sometimes with earnest face, and sometimes he raised his
+head, and let out a whoop that almost frightened Mary. At such times he
+was sure to go on and give her some new detail of the hunt for the
+fifty coons, that he had forgotten to tell her before.
+
+He had been to the hotel, and learned the Thread Man's name and
+address, and found that he did not come regularly, and no one knew when
+to expect him; so when he had combed and brushed the fur to its finest
+point, and worked the skin until it was velvet soft, and bleached it
+until it was muslin white, he made it into a neat package and sent it
+with his compliments to the Boston man. After he had waited for a week,
+he began going to town every day to the post office for the letter he
+expected, and coming home much worse for a visit to Casey's. Since
+plowing time he had asked Dannie for money as he wanted it, telling him
+to keep an account, and he would pay him in the fall. He seemed to
+forget or not to know how fast his bills grew.
+
+Then came a week in August when the heat invaded even the cool retreat
+along the river. Out on the highway passing wheels rolled back the dust
+like water, and raised it in clouds after them. The rag weeds hung
+wilted heads along the road. The goldenrod and purple ironwort were
+dust-colored and dust-choked. The trees were thirsty, and their leaves
+shriveling. The river bed was bare its width in places, and while the
+Kingfisher made merry with his family, and rattled, feasting from Abram
+Johnson's to the Gar-hole, the Black Bass sought its deep pool, and lay
+still. It was a rare thing to hear it splash in those days.
+
+The prickly heat burned until the souls of men were tried. Mary slipped
+listlessly about or lay much of the time on a couch beside a window,
+where a breath of air stirred. Despite the good beginning he had made
+in the spring, Jimmy slumped with the heat and exposures he had risked,
+and was hard to live with.
+
+Dannie was not having a good time himself. Since Jimmy's wedding, life
+had been all grind to Dannie, but he kept his reason, accepted his lot,
+and ground his grist with patience and such cheer as few men could have
+summoned to the aid of so poor a cause. Had there been any one to
+notice it, Dannie was tired and heat-ridden also, but as always, Dannie
+sank self, and labored uncomplainingly with Jimmy's problems. On a
+burning August morning Dannie went to breakfast, and found Mary white
+and nervous, little prepared to eat, and no sign of Jimmy.
+
+"Jimmy sleeping?" he asked.
+
+"I don't know where Jimmy is," Mary answered coldly.
+
+"Since when?" asked Dannie, gulping coffee, and taking hasty bites, for
+he had begun his breakfast supposing that Jimmy would come presently.
+
+"He left as soon as you went home last night," she said, "and he has
+not come back yet."
+
+Dannie did not know what to say. Loyal to the bone to Jimmy, loving
+each hair on the head of Mary Malone, and she worn and neglected; the
+problem was heartbreaking in any solution he attempted, and he felt
+none too well himself. He arose hastily, muttering something about
+getting the work done. He brought in wood and water, and asked if there
+was anything more he could do.
+
+"Sure!" said Mary, in a calm, even voice. "Go to the barn, and shovel
+manure for Jimmy Malone, and do all the work he shirks, before you do
+anything for yoursilf."
+
+Dannie always had admitted that he did not understand women, but he
+understood a plain danger signal, and he almost ran from the cabin. In
+the fear that Mary might think he had heeded her hasty words, he went
+to his own barn first, just to show her that he did not do Jimmy's
+work. The flies and mosquitoes were so bad he kept his horses stabled
+through the day, and turned them to pasture at night. So their stalls
+were to be cleaned, and he set to work. When he had finished his own
+barn, as he had nothing else to do, he went on to Jimmy's. He had
+finished the stalls, and was sweeping when he heard a sound at the back
+door, and turning saw Jimmy clinging to the casing, unable to stand
+longer. Dannie sprang to him, and helped him inside. Jimmy sank to the
+floor. Dannie caught up several empty grain sacks, folded them, and
+pushed them under Jimmy's head for a pillow.
+
+"Dannish, didsh shay y'r nash'nal flowerish wash shisle?" asked Jimmy.
+
+"Yes," said Dannie, lifting the heavy auburn head to smooth the folds
+from the sacks.
+
+"Whysh like me?"
+
+"I dinna," answered Dannie wearily.
+
+"Awful jagsh on," murmured Jimmy, sighed heavily, and was off. His
+clothing was torn and dust-covered, his face was purple and bloated,
+and his hair was dusty and disordered. He was a repulsive sight. As
+Dannie straightened Jimmy's limbs he thought he heard a step. He lifted
+his head and leaned forward to listen.
+
+"Dannie Micnoun?" called the same even, cold voice he had heard at
+breakfast. "Have you left me, too?"
+
+Dannie sprang for a manger. He caught a great armload of hay, and threw
+it over Jimmy. He gave one hurried toss to scatter it, for Mary was in
+the barn. As he turned to interpose his body between her and the
+manger, which partially screened Jimmy, his heart sickened. He was too
+late. She had seen. Frightened to the soul, he stared at her. She came
+a step closer, and with her foot gave a hand of Jimmy's that lay
+exposed a contemptuous shove.
+
+"You didn't get him complately covered," she said. "How long have you
+had him here?"
+
+Dannie was frightened into speech. "Na a minute, Mary; he juist came in
+when I heard ye. I was trying to spare ye."
+
+"Him, you mane," she said, in that same strange voice. "I suppose you
+give him money, and he has a bottle, and he's been here all night."
+
+"Mary," said Dannie, "that's na true. I have furnished him money. He'd
+mortgage the farm, or do something worse if I didna; but I dinna WHERE
+he has been all nicht, and in trying to cover him, my only thought was
+to save ye pain."
+
+"And whin you let him spind money you know you'll never get back, and
+loaf while you do his work, and when you lie mountain high, times
+without number, who is it for?"
+
+Then fifteen years' restraint slid from Dannie like a cloak, and in the
+torture of his soul his slow tongue outran all its previous history.
+
+"Ye!" he shouted. "It's fra Jimmy, too, but ye first. Always ye first!"
+Mary began to tremble. Her white cheeks burned red. Her figure
+straightened, and her hands clenched.
+
+"On the cross! Will you swear it?" she cried.
+
+"On the sacred body of Jesus Himself, if I could face Him," answered
+Dannie. "Anything! Everything is fra ye first, Mary!"
+
+"Then why?" she panted between gasps for breath. "Tell me why? If you
+have cared for me enough to stay here all these years and see that I
+had the bist tratemint you could get for me, why didn't you care for me
+enough more to save me this? Oh, Dannie, tell me why?"
+
+And then she shook with strangled sobs until she scarce could stand
+alone. Dannie Macnoun cleared the space between them and took her in
+his arms. Her trembling hands clung to him, her head dropped on his
+breast, and the perfume of her hair in his nostrils drove him mad. Then
+the tense bulk of her body struck against him, and horror filled his
+soul. One second he held her, the next, Jimmy smothering under the hay,
+threw up an arm, and called like a petulant child, "Dannie! Make shun
+quit shinish my fashe!"
+
+And Dannie awoke to the realization that Mary was another man's, and
+that man, one who trusted him completely. The problem was so much too
+big for poor Dannie that reason kindly slipped a cog. He broke from the
+grasp of the woman, fled through the back door, and took to the woods.
+
+He ran as if fiends were after him, and he ran and ran. And when he
+could run no longer, he walked, but he went on. Just on and on. He
+crossed forests and fields, orchards and highways, streams and rivers,
+deep woods and swamps, and on, and on he went. He felt nothing, and saw
+nothing, and thought nothing, save to go on, always on. In the dark he
+stumbled on and through the day he staggered on, and he stopped for
+nothing, save at times to lift water to his parched lips.
+
+The bushes took his hat, the thorns ripped his shirt, the water soaked
+his shoes and they spread and his feet came through and the stones cut
+them until they bled. Leaves and twigs stuck in his hair, and his eyes
+grew bloodshot, his lips and tongue swollen, and when he could go no
+further on his feet, he crawled on his knees, until at last he pitched
+forward on his face and lay still. The tumult was over and Mother
+Nature set to work to see about repairing damages.
+
+Dannie was so badly damaged, soul, heart, and body, that she never
+would have been equal to the task, but another woman happened that way
+and she helped. Dannie was carried to a house and a doctor dressed his
+hurts. When the physician got down to first principles, and found a
+big, white-bodied, fine-faced Scotchman in the heart of the wreck, he
+was amazed. A wild man, but not a whiskey bloat. A crazy man, but not a
+maniac. He stood long beside Dannie as he lay unconscious.
+
+"I'll take oath that man has wronged no one," he said. "What in the
+name of God has some woman been doing to him?"
+
+He took money from Dannie's wallet and bought clothing to replace the
+rags he had burned. He filled Dannie with nourishment, and told the
+woman who found him that when he awoke, if he did not remember, to tell
+him that his name was Dannie Macnoun, and that he lived in Rainbow
+Bottom, Adams County. Because just at that time Dannie was halfway
+across the state.
+
+A day later he awoke, in a strange room and among strange faces. He
+took up life exactly where he left off. And in his ears, as he
+remembered his flight, rang the awful cry uttered by Mary Malone, and
+not until then did there come to Dannie the realization that she had
+been driven to seek him for help, because her woman's hour was upon
+her. Cold fear froze Dannie's soul.
+
+He went back by railway and walked the train most of the way. He
+dropped from the cars at the water tank and struck across country, and
+again he ran. But this time it was no headlong flight. Straight as a
+homing bird went Dannie with all speed, toward the foot of the Rainbow
+and Mary Malone.
+
+The Kingfisher sped rattling down the river when Dannie came crashing
+along the bank.
+
+"Oh, God, let her be alive!" prayed Dannie as he leaned panting against
+a tree for an instant, because he was very close now and sickeningly
+afraid. Then he ran on. In a minute it would be over. At the next turn
+he could see the cabins. As he dashed along, Jimmy Malone rose from a
+log and faced him. A white Jimmy, with black-ringed eyes and shaking
+hands.
+
+"Where the Hell have you been?" Jimmy demanded.
+
+"Is she dead?" cried Dannie.
+
+"The doctor is talking scare," said Jimmy. "But I don't scare so easy.
+She's never been sick in her life, and she has lived through it twice
+before, why should she die now? Of course the kid is dead again," he
+added angrily.
+
+Dannie shut his eyes and stood still. He had helped plant star-flowers
+on two tiny cross-marked mounds at Five Mile Hill. Now, there were
+three. Jimmy had worn out her love for him, that was plain. "Why should
+she die now?" To Dannie it seemed that question should have been, "Why
+should she live?"
+
+Jimmy eyed him belligerently. "Why in the name of sinse did you cut out
+whin I was off me pins?" he growled. "Of course I don't blame you for
+cutting that kind of a party, me for the woods, all right, but what I
+can't see is why you couldn't have gone for the doctor and waited until
+I'd slept it off before you wint."
+
+"I dinna know she was sick," answered Dannie. "I deserve anything ony
+ane can say to me, and it's all my fault if she dees, but this ane
+thing ye got to say ye know richt noo, Jimmy. Ye got to say ye know
+that I dinna understand Mary was sick when I went."
+
+"Sure! I've said that all the time," agreed Jimmy. "But what I don't
+understand is, WHY you went! I guess she thinks it was her fault. I
+came out here to try to study it out. The nurse-woman, domn pretty
+girl, says if you don't get back before midnight, it's all up. You're
+just on time, Dannie. The talk in the house is that she'll wink out if
+you don't prove to her that she didn't drive you away. She is about
+crazy over it. What did she do to you?"
+
+"Nothing!" exclaimed Dannie. "She was so deathly sick she dinna what
+she was doing. I can see it noo, but I dinna understand then."
+
+"That's all right," said Jimmy. "She didn't! She kapes moaning over and
+over 'What did I do?' You hustle in and fix it up with her. I'm getting
+tired of all this racket."
+
+All Dannie heard was that he was to go to Mary. He went up the lane,
+across the garden, and stepped in at the back door. Beside the table
+stood a comely young woman, dressed in blue and white stripes. She was
+doing something with eggs and milk. She glanced at Dannie, and finished
+filling a glass. As she held it to the light, "Is your name Macnoun?"
+she inquired.
+
+"Yes," said Dannie.
+
+"Dannie Macnoun?" she asked.
+
+"Yes," said Dannie.
+
+"Then you are the medicine needed here just now," she said, as if that
+were the most natural statement in the world. "Mrs. Malone seems to
+have an idea that she offended you, and drove you from home, just prior
+to her illness, and as she has been very sick, she is in no condition
+to bear other trouble. You understand?"
+
+"Do ye understand that I couldna have gone if I had known she was ill?"
+asked Dannie in turn.
+
+"From what she has said in delirium I have been sure of that," replied
+the nurse. "It seems you have been the stay of the family for years. I
+have a very high opinion of you, Mr. Macnoun. Wait until I speak to
+her."
+
+The nurse vanished, presently returned, and as Dannie passed through
+the door, she closed it after him, and he stood still, trying to see in
+the dim light. That great snowy stretch, that must be the bed. That
+tumbled dark circle, that must be Mary's hair. That dead white thing
+beneath it, that must be Mary's face. Those burning lights, flaming on
+him, those must be Mary's eyes. Dannie stepped softly across the room,
+and bent over the bed. He tried hard to speak naturally.
+
+"Mary" he said, "oh, Mary, I dinna know ye were ill! Oh, believe me, I
+dinna realize ye were suffering pain."
+
+She smiled faintly, and her lips moved. Dannie bent lower.
+
+"Promise," she panted. "Promise you will stay now."
+
+Her hand fumbled at her breast, and then she slipped on the white cover
+a little black cross. Dannie knew what she meant. He laid his hand on
+the emblem precious to her, and said softly, "I swear I never will
+leave ye again, Mary Malone."
+
+A great light swept into her face, and she smiled happily.
+
+"Now ye," said Dannie. He slipped the cross into her hand. "Repeat
+after me," he said. "I promise I will get well, Dannie."
+
+"I promise I will get well, Dannie, if I can," said Mary.
+
+"Na," said Dannie. "That winna do. Repeat what I said, and remember it
+is on the cross. Life hasna been richt for ye, Mary, but if ye will get
+well, before the Lord in some way we will make it happier. Ye will get
+well?"
+
+"I promise I will get well, Dannie," said Mary Malone, and Dannie
+softly left the room.
+
+Outside he said to the nurse, "What can I do?"
+
+She told him everything of which she could think that would be of
+benefit.
+
+"Now tell me all ye know of what happened," commanded Dannie.
+
+"After you left," said the nurse, "she was in labor, and she could not
+waken her husband, and she grew frightened and screamed. There were men
+passing out on the road. They heard her, and came to see what was the
+matter."
+
+"Strangers?" shuddered Dannie, with dry lips.
+
+"No, neighbors. One man went for the nearest woman, and the other drove
+to town for a doctor. They had help here almost as soon as you could.
+But, of course, the shock was a very dreadful thing, and the heat of
+the past few weeks has been enervating."
+
+"Ane thing more," questioned Dannie. "Why do her children dee?"
+
+"I don't know about the others," answered the nurse. "This one simply
+couldn't be made to breathe. It was a strange thing. It was a fine big
+baby, a boy, and it seemed perfect, but we couldn't save it. I never
+worked harder. They told me she had lost two others, and we tried
+everything of which we could think. It just seemed as if it had grown a
+lump of flesh, with no vital spark in it."
+
+Dannie turned, went out of the door, and back along the lane to the
+river where he had left Jimmy. "'A lump of flesh with na vital spark in
+it,'" he kept repeating. "I dinna but that is the secret. She is almost
+numb with misery. All these days when she's been without hope, and
+these awful nichts, when she's watched and feared alone, she has no
+wished to perpetuate him in children who might be like him, and so at
+their coming the 'vital spark' is na in them. Oh, Jimmy, Jimmy, have ye
+Mary's happiness and those three little graves to answer for?"
+
+He found Jimmy asleep where he had left him. Dannie shook him awake. "I
+want to talk with ye," he said.
+
+Jimmy sat up, and looked into Dannie's face. He had a complaint on his
+lips but it died there. He tried to apologize. "I am almost dead for
+sleep," he said. "There has been no rest for anyone here. What do you
+think?"
+
+"I think she will live," said Dannie dryly. "In spite of your neglect,
+and my cowardice, I think she will live to suffer more frae us."
+
+Jimmy's mouth opened, but for once no sound issued. The drops of
+perspiration raised on his forehead.
+
+Dannie sat down, and staring at him Jimmy saw that there were patches
+of white hair at his temples that had been brown a week before; his
+colorless face was sunken almost to the bone, and there was a peculiar
+twist about his mouth. Jimmy's heart weighed heavily, his tongue stood
+still, and he was afraid to the marrow in his bones.
+
+"I think she will live," repeated Dannie. "And about the suffering
+more, we will face that like men, and see what can be done about it.
+This makes three little graves on the hill, Jimmy, what do they mean to
+ye?"
+
+"Domn bad luck," said Jimmy promptly.
+
+"Nothing more?" asked Dannie. "Na responsibility at all. Ye are the
+father of those children. Have ye never been to the doctor, and asked
+why ye lost them?"
+
+"No, I haven't," said Jimmy.
+
+"That is ane thing we will do now," said Dannie, "and then we will do
+more, much more."
+
+"What are you driving at?" asked Jimmy.
+
+"The secret of Mary's heart," said Dannie.
+
+The cold sweat ran from the pores of Jimmy's body. He licked his dry
+lips, and pulled his hat over his eyes, that he might watch Dannie from
+under the brim.
+
+"We are twa big, strong men," said Dannie. "For fifteen years we have
+lived here wi' Mary. The night ye married her, the licht of happiness
+went out for me. But I shut my mouth, and shouldered my burden, and
+went on with my best foot first; because if she had na refused me, I
+should have married her, and then ye would have been the one to suffer.
+If she had chosen me, I should have married her, juist as ye did. Oh,
+I've never forgotten that! So I have na been a happy mon, Jimmy. We
+winna go into that any further, we've been over it once. It seems to be
+a form of torture especially designed fra me, though at times I must
+confess, it seems rough, and I canna see why, but we'll cut that off
+with this: life has been Hell's hottest sweat-box fra me these fifteen
+years."
+
+Jimmy groaned aloud. Dannie's keen gray eyes seemed boring into the
+soul of the man before him, as he went on.
+
+"Now how about ye? Ye got the girl ye wanted. Ye own a guid farm that
+would make ye a living, and save ye money every year. Ye have done
+juist what ye pleased, and as far as I could, I have helped ye. I've
+had my eye on ye pretty close, Jimmy, and if YE are a happy mon, I
+dinna but I'm content as I am. What's your trouble? Did ye find ye
+dinna love Mary after ye won her? Did ye murder your mither or blacken
+your soul with some deadly sin? Mon! If I had in my life what ye every
+day neglect and torture, Heaven would come doon, and locate at the foot
+of the Rainbow fra me. But, ye are no happy, Jimmy. Let's get at the
+root of the matter. While ye are unhappy, Mary will be also. We are
+responsible to God for her, and between us, she is empty armed, near to
+death, and almost dumb with misery. I have juist sworn to her on the
+cross she loves that if she will make ane more effort, and get well, we
+will make her happy. Now, how are we going to do it?"
+
+Another great groan burst from Jimmy, and he shivered as if with a
+chill.
+
+"Let us look ourselves in the face," Dannie went on, "and see what we
+lack. What can we do fra her? What will bring a song to her lips, licht
+to her beautiful eyes, love to her heart, and a living child to her
+arms? Wake up, mon! By God, if ye dinna set to work with me and solve
+this problem, I'll shake a solution out of ye! What I must suffer is my
+own, but what's the matter with ye, and why, when she loved and married
+ye, are ye breakin' Mary's heart? Answer me, mon!"
+
+Dannie reached over and snatched the hat from Jimmy's forehead, and
+stared at an inert heap. Jimmy lay senseless, and he looked like death.
+Dannie rushed down to the water with the hat, and splashed drops into
+Jimmy's face until he gasped for breath. When he recovered a little, he
+shrank from Dannie, and began to sob, as if he were a sick ten-year-old
+child.
+
+"I knew you'd go back on me, Dannie," he wavered. "I've lost the only
+frind I've got, and I wish I was dead."
+
+"I havena gone back on ye," persisted Dannie, bathing Jimmy's face.
+"Life means nothing to me, save as I can use it fra Mary, and fra ye.
+Be quiet, and sit up here, and help me work this thing out. Why are ye
+a discontented mon, always wishing fra any place save home? Why do ye
+spend all ye earn foolishly, so that ye are always hard up, when ye
+might have affluence? Why does Mary lose her children, and why does she
+noo wish she had na married ye?"
+
+"Who said she wished she hadn't married me?" cried Jimmy.
+
+"Do ye mean to say ye think she doesn't?" blazed Dannie.
+
+"I ain't said anything!" exclaimed Jimmy.
+
+"Na, and I seem to have damn poor luck gettin' ye TO say anything. I
+dinna ask fra tears, nor faintin' like a woman. Be a mon, and let me
+into the secret of this muddle. There is a secret, and ye know it. What
+is it? Why are ye breaking the heart o' Mary Malone? Answer me, or
+'fore God I'll wring the answer fra your body!"
+
+And Jimmy keeled over again. This time he was gone so far that Dannie
+was frightened into a panic, and called the doctor coming up the lane
+to Jimmy before he had time to see Mary. The doctor soon brought Jimmy
+around, prescribed quiet and sleep; talked about heart trouble
+developing, and symptoms of tremens, and Dannie poured on water, and
+gritted his teeth. And it ended by Jimmy being helped to Dannie's
+cabin, undressed, and put into bed, and then Dannie went over to see
+what he could do for the nurse. She looked at him searchingly.
+
+"Mr. Macnoun, when were you last asleep?" she asked.
+
+"I forget," answered Dannie.
+
+"When did you last have a good hot meal?"
+
+"I dinna know," replied Dannie.
+
+"Drink that," said the nurse, handing him the bowl of broth she
+carried, and going back to the stove for another. "When I have finished
+making Mrs. Malone comfortable, I'm going to get you something to eat,
+and you are going to eat it. Then you are going to lie down on that cot
+where I can call you if I need you, and sleep six hours, and then
+you're going to wake up and watch by this door while I sleep my six.
+Even nurses must have some rest, you know."
+
+"Ye first," said Dannie. "I'll be all richt when I get food. Since ye
+mention it, I believe I am almost mad with hunger."
+
+The nurse handed him another bowl of broth. "Just drink that, and drink
+slowly," she said, as she left the room.
+
+Dannie could hear her speaking softly to Mary, and then all was quiet,
+and the girl came out and closed the door. She deftly prepared food for
+Dannie, and he ate all she would allow him, and begged for more; but
+she firmly told him her hands were full now, and she had no one to
+depend on but him to watch after the turn of the night. So Dannie lay
+down on the cot. He had barely touched it when he thought of Jimmy, so
+he got up quietly and started home. He had almost reached his back door
+when it opened, and Jimmy came out. Dannie paused, amazed at Jimmy's
+wild face and staring eyes.
+
+"Don't you begin your cursed gibberish again," cried Jimmy, at sight of
+him. "I'm burning in all the tortures of fire now, and I'll have a
+drink if I smash down Casey's and steal it."
+
+Dannie jumped for him, and Jimmy evaded him and fled. Dannie started
+after. He had reached the barn before he began to think. "I depend on
+you," the nurse had said. "Jimmy, wait!" he called. "Jimmy, have ye any
+money?" Jimmy was running along the path toward town. Dannie stopped.
+He stood staring after Jimmy for a second, and then he deliberately
+turned, went back, and lay down on the cot, where the nurse expected to
+find him when she wanted him to watch by the door of Mary Malone.
+
+
+
+Chapter VII
+
+THE APPLE OF DISCORD BECOMES A JOINTED ROD
+
+"What do you think about fishing, Dannie?" asked Jimmy Malone.
+
+"There was a licht frost last nicht," said Dannie. "It begins to look
+that way. I should think a week more, especially if there should come a
+guid rain."
+
+Jimmy looked disappointed. His last trip to town had ended in a sodden
+week in the barn, and at Dannie's cabin. For the first time he had
+carried whiskey home with him. He had insisted on Dannie drinking with
+him, and wanted to fight when he would not. He addressed the bottle,
+and Dannie, as the Sovereign Alchemist by turns, and "transmuted the
+leaden metal of life into pure gold" of a glorious drunk, until his
+craving was satisfied. Then he came back to work and reason one
+morning, and by the time Mary was about enough to notice him, he was
+Jimmy at his level best, and doing more than he had in years to try to
+interest and please her.
+
+Mary had fully recovered, and appeared as strong as she ever had been,
+but there was a noticeable change in her. She talked and laughed with a
+gayety that seemed forced, and in the midst of it her tongue turned
+bitter, and Jimmy and Dannie fled before it.
+
+The gray hairs multiplied on Dannie's head with rapidity. He had gone
+to the doctor, and to Mary's sister, and learned nothing more than the
+nurse could tell him. Dannie was willing to undertake anything in the
+world for Mary, but just how to furnish the "vital spark," to an unborn
+babe, was too big a problem for him. And Jimmy Malone was growing to be
+another. Heretofore, Dannie had borne the brunt of the work, and all of
+the worry. He had let Jimmy feel that his was the guiding hand. Jimmy's
+plans were followed whenever it was possible, and when it was not,
+Dannie started Jimmy's way, and gradually worked around to his own.
+But, there never had been a time between them, when things really came
+to a crisis, and Dannie took the lead, and said matters must go a
+certain way, that Jimmy had not acceded. In reality, Dannie always had
+been master.
+
+Now he was not. Where he lost control he did not know. He had tried
+several times to return to the subject of how to bring back happiness
+to Mary, and Jimmy immediately developed symptoms of another attack of
+heart disease, a tendency to start for town, or openly defied him by
+walking away. Yet, Jimmy stuck to him closer than he ever had, and
+absolutely refused to go anywhere, or to do the smallest piece of work
+alone. Sometimes he grew sullen and morose when he was not drinking,
+and that was very unlike the gay Jimmy. Sometimes he grew wildly
+hilarious, as if he were bound to make such a racket that he could hear
+no sound save his own voice. So long as he stayed at home, helped with
+the work, and made an effort to please Mary, Dannie hoped for the best,
+but his hopes never grew so bright that they shut out an awful fear
+that was beginning to loom in the future. But he tried in every way to
+encourage Jimmy, and help him in the struggle he did not understand, so
+when he saw that Jimmy was disappointed about the fishing, he suggested
+that he should go alone.
+
+"I guess not!" said Jimmy. "I'd rather go to confission than to go
+alone. What's the fun of fishin' alone? All the fun there is to fishin'
+is to watch the other fellow's eyes when you pull in a big one, and try
+to hide yours from him when he gets it. I guess not! What have we got
+to do?"
+
+"Finish cutting the corn, and get in the pumpkins before there comes
+frost enough to hurt them."
+
+"Well, come along!" said Jimmy. "Let's get it over. I'm going to begin
+fishing for that Bass the morning after the first black frost, if I do
+go alone. I mean it!"
+
+"But ye said--" began Dannie.
+
+"Hagginy!" cried Jimmy. "What a lot of time you've wasted if you've
+been kaping account of all the things I've said. Haven't you learned by
+this time that I lie twice to the truth once?"
+
+Dannie laughed. "Dinna say such things, Jimmy. I hate to hear ye. Of
+course, I know about the fifty coons of the Canoper, and things like
+that; honest, I dinna believe ye can help it. But na man need lie about
+a serious matter, and when he knows he is deceiving another who trusts
+him." Jimmy became so white that he felt the color receding, and turned
+to hide his face. "Of course, about those fifty coons noo, what was the
+harm in that? Nobody believed it. That wasna deceiving any ane."
+
+"Yes, but it was," answered Jimmy. "The Boston man belaved it, and I
+guiss he hasn't forgiven me, if he did take my hand, and drink with me.
+You know I haven't had a word from him about that coon skin. I worked
+awful hard on that skin. Some way, I tried to make it say to him again
+that I was sorry for that night's work. Sometimes I am afraid I killed
+the fellow."
+
+"O-ho!" scoffed Dannie. "Men ain't so easy killed. I been thinkin'
+about it, too, and I'll tell ye what I think. I think he goes on long
+trips, and only gets home every four or five months. The package would
+have to wait. His folks wouldna try to send it after him. He was a
+monly fellow, all richt, and ye will hear fra him yet."
+
+"I'd like to," said Jimmy, absently, beating across his palm a spray of
+goldenrod he had broken. "Just a line to tell me that he don't bear
+malice."
+
+"Ye will get it," said Dannie. "Have a little patience. But that's your
+greatest fault, Jimmy. Ye never did have ony patience."
+
+"For God's sake, don't begin on me faults again," snapped Jimmy. "I
+reckon I know me faults about as well as the nixt fellow. I'm so domn
+full of faults that I've thought a lot lately about fillin' up, and
+takin' a sleep on the railroad."
+
+A new fear wrung Dannie's soul. "Ye never would, Jimmy," he implored.
+
+"Sure not!" cried Jimmy. "I'm no good Catholic livin', but if it come
+to dyin', bedad I niver could face it without first confissin' to the
+praste, and that would give the game away. Let's cut out dyin', and cut
+corn!"
+
+"That's richt," agreed Dannie. "And let's work like men, and then fish
+fra a week or so, before ice and trapping time comes again. I'll wager
+I can beat ye the first row."
+
+"Bate!" scoffed Jimmy. "Bate! With them club-footed fingers of yours?
+You couldn't bate an egg. Just watch me! If you are enough of a watch
+to keep your hands runnin' at the same time."
+
+Jimmy worked feverishly for an hour, and then he straightened and
+looked about him. On the left lay the river, its shores bordered with
+trees and bushes. Behind them was deep wood. Before them lay their open
+fields, sloping down to the bottom, the cabins on one side, and the
+kingfisher embankment on the other. There was a smoky haze in the air.
+As always the blackbirds clamored along the river. Some crows followed
+the workers at a distance, hunting for grains of corn, and over in the
+woods, a chewink scratched and rustled among the deep leaves as it
+searched for grubs. From time to time a flock of quail arose before
+them with a whirr and scattered down the fields, reassembling later at
+the call of their leader, from a rider of the snake fence, which
+inclosed the field.
+
+"Bob, Bob White," whistled Dannie.
+
+"Bob, Bob White," answered the quail.
+
+"I got my eye on that fellow," said Jimmy. "When he gets a little
+larger, I'm going after him."
+
+"Seems an awful pity to kill him," said Dannie. "People rave over the
+lark, but I vow I'd miss the quail most if they were both gone. They
+are getting scarce."
+
+"Well, I didn't say I was going to kill the whole flock," said Jimmy.
+"I was just going to kill a few for Mary, and if I don't, somebody else
+will."
+
+"Mary dinna need onything better than ane of her own fried chickens,"
+said Dannie. "And its no true about hunters. We've the river on ane
+side, and the bluff on the other. If we keep up our fishing signs, and
+add hunting to them, and juist shut the other fellows out, the birds
+will come here like everything wild gathers in National Park, out West.
+Ye bet things know where they are taken care of, well enough."
+
+Jimmy snipped a spray of purple ironwort with his corn-cutter, and
+stuck it through his suspender buckle. "I think that would be more fun
+than killin' them. If you're a dacint shot, and your gun is clane"
+(Jimmy remembered the crow that had escaped with the eggs at
+soap-making), "you pretty well know you're goin' to bring down anything
+you aim at. But it would be a dandy joke to shell a little corn as we
+husk it, and toll all the quail into Rainbow Bottom, and then kape the
+other fellows out. Bedad! Let's do it."
+
+Jimmy addressed the quail:
+
+ "Quailie, quailie on the fince,
+ We think your singin's just imminse.
+ Stay right here, and live with us,
+ And the fellow that shoots you will strike a fuss."
+
+
+"We can protect them all richt enough," laughed Dannie. "And when the
+snow comes we can feed Cardinals like cheekens. Wish when we threshed,
+we'd saved a few sheaves of wheat. They do that in Germany, ye know.
+The last sheaf of the harvest they put up on a long pole at Christmas,
+as a thank-offering to the birds fra their care of the crops. My father
+often told of it."
+
+"That would be great," said Jimmy. "Now look how domn slow you are! Why
+didn't you mintion it at harvest? I'd like things comin' for me to take
+care of them. Gee! Makes me feel important just to think about it. Next
+year we'll do it, sure. They'd be a lot of company. A man could work in
+this field to-day, with all the flowers around him, and the colors of
+the leaves like a garden, and a lot of birds talkin' to him, and not
+feel afraid of being alone."
+
+"Afraid?" quoted Dannie, in amazement.
+
+For an instant Jimmy looked startled. Then his love of proving his
+point arose. "Yes, afraid!" he repeated stubbornly. "Afraid of being
+away from the sound of a human voice, because whin you are, the voices
+of the black divils of conscience come twistin' up from the ground in a
+little wiry whisper, and moanin' among the trees, and whistlin' in the
+wind, and rollin' in the thunder, and above all in the dark they
+screech, and shout, and roar,'We're after you, Jimmy Malone! We've
+almost got you, Jimmy Malone! You're going to burn in Hell, Jimmy
+Malone!'"
+
+Jimmy leaned toward Dannie, and began in a low voice, but he grew so
+excited as he tried to picture the thing that he ended in a scream, and
+even then Dannie's horrified eyes failed to recall him. Jimmy
+straightened, stared wildly behind him, and over the open, hazy field,
+where flowers bloomed, and birds called, and the long rows of shocks
+stood unconscious auditors of the strange scene. He lifted his hat, and
+wiped the perspiration from his dripping face with the sleeve of his
+shirt, and as he raised his arm, the corn-cutter flashed in the light.
+
+"My God, it's awful, Dannie! It's so awful, I can't begin to tell you!"
+
+Dannie's face was ashen. "Jimmy, dear auld fellow," he said, "how long
+has this been going on?"
+
+"A million years," said Jimmy, shifting the corn-cutter to the hand
+that held his hat, that he might moisten his fingers with saliva and
+rub it across his parched lips.
+
+"Jimmy, dear," Dannie's hand was on Jimmy's sleeve. "Have ye been to
+town in the nicht, or anything like that lately?"
+
+"No, Dannie, dear, I ain't," sneered Jimmy, setting his hat on the back
+of his head and testing the corn-cutter with his thumb. "This ain't
+Casey's, me lad. I've no more call there, at this minute, than you
+have."
+
+"It is Casey's, juist the same," said Dannie bitterly. "Dinna ye know
+the end of this sort of thing?"
+
+"No, bedad, I don't!" said Jimmy. "If I knew any way to ind it, you can
+bet I've had enough. I'd ind it quick enough, if I knew how. But the
+railroad wouldn't be the ind. That would just be the beginnin'. Keep
+close to me, Dannie, and talk, for mercy sake, talk! Do you think we
+could finish the corn by noon?"
+
+"Let's try!" said Dannie, as he squared his shoulders to adjust them to
+his new load. "Then we'll get in the pumpkins this afternoon, and bury
+the potatoes, and the cabbage and turnips, and then we're aboot fixed
+fra winter."
+
+"We must take one day, and gather our nuts," suggested Jimmy,
+struggling to make his voice sound natural, "and you forgot the apples.
+We must bury thim too."
+
+"That's so," said Dannie, "and when that's over, we'll hae nothing left
+to do but catch the Bass, and say farewell to the Kingfisher."
+
+"I've already told you that I would relave you of all responsibility
+about the Bass," said Jimmy, "and when I do, you won't need trouble to
+make your adieus to the Kingfisher of the Wabash. He'll be one bird
+that won't be migrating this winter."
+
+Dannie tried to laugh. "I'd like fall as much as any season of the
+year," he said, "if it wasna for winter coming next."
+
+"I thought you liked winter, and the trampin' in the white woods, and
+trappin', and the long evenings with a book."
+
+"I do," said Dannie. "I must have been thinkin' of Mary. She hated last
+winter so. Of course, I had to go home when ye were away, and the
+nichts were so long, and so cold, and mony of them alone. I wonder if
+we canna arrange fra one of her sister's girls to stay with her this
+winter?"
+
+"What's the matter with me?" asked Jimmy.
+
+"Nothing, if only ye'd stay," answered Dannie.
+
+"All I'll be out of nights, you could put in one eye," said Jimmy. "I
+went last winter, and before, because whin they clamored too loud, I
+could be drivin' out the divils that way, for a while, and you always
+came for me, but even that won't be stopping it now. I wouldn't stick
+my head out alone after dark, not if I was dying!"
+
+"Jimmy, ye never felt that way before," said Dannie. "Tell me what
+happened this summer to start ye."
+
+"I've done a domn sight of faleing that you didn't know anything
+about," answered Jimmy. "I could work it off at Casey's for a while,
+but this summer things sort of came to a head, and I saw meself for
+fair, and before God, Dannie, I didn't like me looks."
+
+"Well, then, I like your looks," said Dannie. "Ye are the best company
+I ever was in. Ye are the only mon I ever knew that I cared fra, and I
+care fra ye so much, I havna the way to tell ye how much. You're
+possessed with a damn fool idea, Jimmy, and ye got to shake it off.
+Such a great-hearted, big mon as ye! I winna have it! There's the
+dinner bell, and richt glad I am of it!"
+
+That afternoon when pumpkin gathering was over and Jimmy had invited
+Mary out to separate the "punk" from the pumpkins, there was a
+wagon-load of good ones above what they would need for their use.
+Dannie proposed to take them to town and sell them. To his amazement
+Jimmy refused to go along.
+
+"I told you this morning that Casey wasn't calling me at prisent," he
+said, "and whin I am not called I'd best not answer. I have promised
+Mary to top the onions and bury the cilery, and murder the bates."
+
+"Do what wi' the beets?" inquired the puzzled Dannie.
+
+"Kill thim! Kill thim stone dead. I'm too tinder-hearted to be burying
+anything but a dead bate, Dannie. That's a thousand years old, but
+laugh, like I knew you would, old Ramphirinkus! No, thank you, I don't
+go to town!"
+
+Then Dannie was scared. "He's going to be dreadfully seek or go mad,"
+he said.
+
+So he drove to the village, sold the pumpkins, filled Mary's order for
+groceries, and then went to the doctor, and told him of Jimmy's latest
+developments.
+
+"It is the drink," said that worthy disciple of Esculapius. "It's the
+drink! In time it makes a fool sodden and a bright man mad. Few men
+have sufficient brains to go crazy. Jimmy has. He must stop the drink."
+
+On the street, Dannie encountered Father Michael. The priest stopped
+him to shake hands.
+
+"How's Mary Malone?" he asked.
+
+"She is quite well noo," answered Dannie, "but she is na happy. I live
+so close, and see so much, I know. I've thought of ye lately. I have
+thought of coming to see ye. I'm na of your religion, but Mary is, and
+what suits her is guid enough for me. I've tried to think of everything
+under the sun that might help, and among other things I've thought of
+ye. Jimmy was confirmed in your church, and he was more or less regular
+up to his marriage."
+
+"Less, Mr. Macnoun, much less!" said the priest. "Since, not at all.
+Why do you ask?"
+
+"He is sick," said Dannie. "He drinks a guid deal. He has been reckless
+about sleeping on the ground, and noo, if ye will make this
+confidential?"--the priest nodded--"he is talking aboot sleeping on the
+railroad, and he's having delusions. There are devils after him. He is
+the finest fellow ye ever knew, Father Michael. We've been friends all
+our lives. Ye have had much experience with men, and it ought to count
+fra something. From all ye know, and what I've told ye, could his
+trouble be cured as the doctor suggests?"
+
+The priest did a queer thing. "You know him as no living man, Dannie,"
+he said. "What do you think?"
+
+Dannie's big hands slowly opened and closed. Then he fell to polishing
+the nails of one hand on the palm of the other. At last he answered,
+"If ye'd asked me that this time last year, I'd have said 'it's the
+drink,' at a jump. But times this summer, this morning, for instance,
+when he hadna a drop in three weeks, and dinna want ane, when he could
+have come wi' me to town, and wouldna, and there were devils calling
+him from the ground, and the trees, and the sky, out in the open
+cornfield, it looked bad."
+
+The priest's eyes were boring into Dannie's sick face. "How did it
+look?" he asked briefly.
+
+"It looked," said Dannie, and his voice dropped to a whisper, "it
+looked like he might carry a damned ugly secret, that it would be
+better fra him if ye, at least, knew."
+
+"And the nature of that secret?"
+
+Dannie shook his head. "Couldna give a guess at it! Known him all his
+life. My only friend. Always been togither. Square a mon as God ever
+made. There's na fault in him, if he'd let drink alone. Got more faith
+in him than any ane I ever knew. I wouldna trust mon on God's
+footstool, if I had to lose faith in Jimmy. Come to think of it, that
+'secret' business is all old woman's scare. The drink is telling on
+him. If only he could be cured of that awful weakness, all heaven would
+come down and settle in Rainbow Bottom."
+
+They shook hands and parted without Dannie realizing that he had told
+all he knew and learned nothing. Then he entered the post office for
+the weekly mail. He called for Malone's papers also, and with them came
+a slip from the express office notifying Jimmy that there was a package
+for him. Dannie went to see if they would let him have it, and as Jimmy
+lived in the country, and as he and Dannie were known to be partners,
+he was allowed to sign the book, and carry away a long, slender, wooden
+box, with a Boston tag. The Thread Man had sent Jimmy a present, and
+from the appearance of the box, Dannie made up his mind that it was a
+cane.
+
+Straightway he drove home at a scandalous rate of speed, and on the
+way, he dressed Jimmy in a broadcloth suit, patent leathers, and a silk
+hat. Then he took him to a gold cure, where he learned to abhor whiskey
+in a week, and then to the priest, to whom he confessed that he had
+lied about the number of coons in the Canoper. And so peace brooded in
+Rainbow Bottom, and all of them were happy again. For with the passing
+of summer, Dannie had learned that heretofore there had been happiness
+of a sort, for them, and that if they could all get back to the old
+footing it would be well, or at least far better than it was at
+present. With Mary's tongue dripping gall, and her sweet face souring,
+and Jimmy hearing devils, no wonder poor Dannie overheated his team in
+a race to carry a package that promised to furnish some diversion.
+
+Jimmy and Mary heard the racket, and standing on the celery hill, they
+saw Dannie come clattering up the lane, and as he saw them, he stood in
+the wagon, and waved the package over his head.
+
+Jimmy straightened with a flourish, stuck the spade in the celery hill,
+and descended with great deliberation. "I mintioned to Dannie this
+morning," he said "that it was about time I was hearin' from the Thrid
+Man."
+
+"Oh! Do you suppose it is something from Boston?" the eagerness in
+Mary's voice made it sound almost girlish again.
+
+"Hunt the hatchet!" hissed Jimmy, and walked very leisurely into the
+cabin.
+
+Dannie was visibly excited as he entered. "I think ye have heard from
+the Thread Mon," he said, handing Jimmy the package.
+
+Jimmy took it, and examined it carefully. He never before in his life
+had an express package, the contents of which he did not know. It
+behooved him to get all there was out of the pride and the joy of it.
+
+Mary laid down the hatchet so close that it touched Jimmy's hand, to
+remind him. "Now what do you suppose he has sent you?" she inquired
+eagerly, her hand straying toward the packages.
+
+Jimmy tested the box. "It don't weigh much," he said, "but one end of
+it's the heaviest."
+
+He set the hatchet in a tiny crack, and with one rip, stripped off the
+cover. Inside lay a long, brown leather case, with small buckles, and
+in one end a little leather case, flat on one side, rounding on the
+other, and it, too, fastened with a buckle. Jimmy caught sight of a
+paper book folded in the bottom of the box, as he lifted the case. With
+trembling fingers he unfastened the buckles, the whole thing unrolled,
+and disclosed a case of leather, sewn in four divisions, from top to
+bottom, and from the largest of these protruded a shining object. Jimmy
+caught this, and began to draw, and the shine began to lengthen.
+
+"Just what I thought!" exclaimed Dannie. "He's sent ye a fine cane."
+
+"A hint to kape out of the small of his back the nixt time he goes
+promenadin' on a cow-kitcher! The divil!" exploded Jimmy.
+
+His quick eyes had caught a word on the cover of the little book in the
+bottom of the box.
+
+"A cane! A cane! Look at that, will ye?" He flashed six inches of
+grooved silvery handle before their faces, and three feet of shining
+black steel, scarcely thicker than a lead pencil. "Cane!" he cried
+scornfully. Then he picked up the box, and opening it drew out a little
+machine that shone like a silver watch, and setting it against the
+handle, slipped a small slide over each end, and it held firmly, and
+shone bravely.
+
+"Oh, Jimmy, what is it?" cried Mary.
+
+"Me cane!" answered Jimmy. "Me new cane from Boston. Didn't you hear
+Dannie sayin' what it was? This little arrangemint is my cicly-meter,
+like they put on wheels, and buggies now, to tell how far you've
+traveled. The way this works, I just tie this silk thrid to me door
+knob and off I walks, it a reeling out behind, and whin I turn back it
+takes up as I come, and whin I get home I take the yardstick and
+measure me string, and be the same token, it tells me how far I've
+traveled." As he talked he drew out another shining length and added it
+to the first, and then another and a last, fine as a wheat straw.
+"These last jints I'm adding," he explained to Mary, "are so that if I
+have me cane whin I'm riding I can stritch it out and touch up me
+horses with it. And betimes, if I should iver break me old cane fish
+pole, I could take this down to the river, and there, the books call it
+'whipping the water.' See! Cane, be Jasus! It's the Jim-dandiest little
+fishing rod anybody in these parts iver set eyes on. Lord! What a
+beauty!"
+
+He turned to Dannie and shook the shining, slender thing before his
+envious eyes.
+
+"Who gets the Black Bass now?" he triumphed in tones of utter
+conviction.
+
+There is no use in taking time to explain to any fisherman who has read
+thus far that Dannie, the patient; Dannie, the long-suffering, felt
+abused. How would you feel yourself?
+
+"The Thread Man might have sent twa," was his thought. "The only decent
+treatment he got that nicht was frae me, and if I'd let Jimmy hit him,
+he'd gone through the wall. But there never is anything fra me!"
+
+And that was true. There never was.
+
+Aloud he said, "Dinna bother to hunt the steelyards, Mary. We winna
+weigh it until he brings it home."
+
+"Yes, and by gum, I'll bring it with this! Look, here is a picture of a
+man in a boat, pullin' in a whale with a pole just like this," bragged
+Jimmy.
+
+"Yes," said Dannie. "That's what it's made for. A boat and open water.
+If ye are going to fish wi' that thing along the river we'll have to
+cut doon all the trees, and that will dry up the water. That's na for
+river fishing."
+
+Jimmy was intently studying the book. Mary tried to take the rod from
+his hand.
+
+"Let be!" he cried, hanging on. "You'll break it!"
+
+"I guess steel don't break so easy," she said aggrievedly. "I just
+wanted to 'heft' it."
+
+"Light as a feather," boasted Jimmy. "Fish all day and it won't tire a
+man at all. Done--unjoint it and put it in its case, and not go
+dragging up everything along the bank like a living stump-puller. This
+book says this line will bear twinty pounds pressure, and sometimes
+it's takin' an hour to tire out a fish, if it's a fighter. I bet you
+the Black Bass is a fighter, from what we know of him."
+
+"Ye can watch me land him and see what ye think about it," suggested
+Dannie.
+
+Jimmy held the book with one hand and lightly waved the rod with the
+other, in a way that would have developed nerves in an Indian. He
+laughed absently.
+
+"With me shootin' bait all over his pool with this?" he asked. "I guess
+not!"
+
+"But you can't fish for the Bass with that, Jimmy Malone," cried Mary
+hotly. "You agreed to fish fair for the Bass, and it wouldn't be fair
+for you to use that, whin Dannie only has his old cane pole. Dannie,
+get you a steel pole, too," she begged.
+
+"If Jimmy is going to fish with that, there will be all the more glory
+in taking the Bass from him with the pole I have," answered Dannie.
+
+"You keep out," cried Jimmy angrily to Mary. "It was a fair bargain. He
+made it himself. Each man was to fish surface or deep, and with his own
+pole and bait. I guess this IS my pole, ain't it?"
+
+"Yes," said Mary. "But it wasn't yours whin you made that agreemint.
+You very well know Dannie expected you to fish with the same kind of
+pole and bait that he did; didn't you, Dannie?"
+
+"Yes," said Dannie, "I did. Because I never dreamed of him havin' any
+other. But since he has it, I think he's in his rights if he fishes
+with it. I dinna care. In the first place he will only scare the Bass
+away from him with the racket that reel will make, and in the second,
+if he tries to land it with that thing, he will smash it, and lose the
+fish. There's a longhandled net to land things with that goes with
+those rods. He'd better sent ye one. Now you'll have to jump into the
+river and land a fish by hand if ye hook it."
+
+"That's true!" cried Mary. "Here's one in a picture."
+
+She had snatched the book from Jimmy. He snatched it back.
+
+"Be careful, you'll tear that!" he cried. "I was just going to say that
+I would get some fine wire or mosquito bar and make one."
+
+Dannie's fingers were itching to take the rod, if only for an instant.
+He looked at it longingly. But Jimmy was impervious. He whipped it
+softly about and eagerly read from the book.
+
+"Tells here about a man takin' a fish that weighed forty pounds with a
+pole just like this," he announced. "Scat! Jumpin' Jehosophat! What do
+you think of that!"
+
+"Couldn't you fish turn about with it?" inquired Mary.
+
+"Na, we couldna fish turn about with it," answered Dannie. "Na with
+that pole. Jimmy would throw a fit if anybody else touched it. And he's
+welcome to it. He never in this world will catch the Black Bass with
+it. If I only had some way to put juist fifteen feet more line on my
+pole, I'd show him how to take the Bass to-morrow. The way we always
+have come to lose it is with too short lines. We have to try to land it
+before it's tired out and it's strong enough to break and tear away. It
+must have ragged jaws and a dozen pieces of line hanging to it, fra
+both of us have hooked it time and again. When it strikes me, if I only
+could give it fifteen feet more line, I could land it."
+
+"Can't you fix some way?" asked Mary.
+
+"I'll try," answered Dannie.
+
+"And in the manetime, I'd just be givin' it twinty off me dandy little
+reel, and away goes me with Mr. Bass," said Jimmy. "I must take it to
+town and have its picture took to sind the Thrid Man."
+
+And that was the last straw. Dannie had given up being allowed to touch
+the rod, and was on his way to unhitch his team and do the evening
+work. The day had been trying and just for the moment he forgot
+everything save that his longing fingers had not touched that beautiful
+little fishing rod.
+
+"The Boston man forgot another thing," he said. "The Dude who shindys
+'round with those things in pictures, wears a damn, dinky, little
+pleated coat!"
+
+
+
+Chapter VIII
+
+WHEN THE BLACK BASS STRUCK
+
+ "Lots of fish down in the brook,
+ All you need is a rod, and a line, and a hook,"
+
+hummed Jimmy, still lovingly fingering his possessions.
+
+"Did Dannie iver say a thing like that to you before?" asked Mary.
+
+"Oh, he's dead sore," explained Jimmy. "He thinks he should have had a
+jinted rod, too."
+
+"And so he had," replied Mary. "You said yoursilf that you might have
+killed that man if Dannie hadn't showed you that you were wrong."
+
+"You must think stuff like this is got at the tin-cint store," said
+Jimmy.
+
+"Oh, no I don't!" said Mary. "I expect it cost three or four dollars."
+
+"Three or four dollars," sneered Jimmy. "All the sinse a woman has!
+Feast your eyes on this book and rade that just this little reel alone
+cost fifteen, and there's no telling what the rod is worth. Why it's
+turned right out of pure steel, same as if it were wood. Look for
+yoursilf."
+
+"Thanks, no! I'm afraid to touch it," said Mary.
+
+"Oh, you are sore too!" laughed Jimmy. "With all that money in it, I
+should think you could see why I wouldn't want it broke."
+
+"You've sat there and whipped it around for an hour. Would it break it
+for me or Dannie to do the same thing? If it had been his, you'd have
+had a worm on it and been down to the river trying it for him by now."
+
+"Worm!" scoffed Jimmy. "A worm! That's a good one! Idjit! You don't
+fish with worms with a jinted rod."
+
+"Well what do you fish with? Humming birds?"
+
+"No. You fish with--" Jimmy stopped and eyed Mary dubiously. "You fish
+with a lot of things," he continued. "Some of thim come in little books
+and they look like moths, and some like snake-faders, and some of them
+are buck-tail and bits of tin, painted to look shiny. Once there was a
+man in town who had a minnie made of rubber and all painted up just
+like life. There were hooks on its head, and on its back, and its
+belly, and its tail, so's that if a fish snapped at it anywhere it got
+hooked."
+
+"I should say so!" exclaimed Mary. "It's no fair way to fish, to use
+more than one hook. You might just as well take a net and wade in and
+seine out the fish as to take a lot of hooks and rake thim out."
+
+"Well, who's going to take a lot of hooks and rake thim out?"
+
+"I didn't say anybody was. I was just saying it wouldn't be fair to the
+fish if they did."
+
+"Course I wouldn't fish with no riggin' like that, when Dannie only has
+one old hook. Whin we fish for the Bass, I won't use but one hook
+either. All the same, I'm going to have some of those fancy baits. I'm
+going to get Jim Skeels at the drug store to order thim for me. I know
+just how you do," said Jimmy flourishing the rod. "You put on your bait
+and quite a heavy sinker, and you wind it up to the ind of your rod,
+and thin you stand up in your boat----"
+
+"Stand up in your boat!"
+
+"I wish you'd let me finish!--or on the bank, and you take this little
+whipper-snapper, and you touch the spot on the reel that relases the
+thrid, and you give the rod a little toss, aisy as throwin' away chips,
+and off maybe fifty feet your bait hits the water, 'spat!' and 'snap!'
+goes Mr. Bass, and 'stick!' goes the hook. See?"
+
+"What I see is that if you want to fish that way in the Wabash, you'll
+have to wait until the dredge goes through and they make a canal out of
+it; for be the time you'd throwed fifty feet, and your fish had run
+another fifty, there'd be just one hundred snags, and logs, and stumps
+between you; one for every foot of the way. It must look pretty on deep
+water, where it can be done right, but I bet anything that if you go to
+fooling with that on our river, Dannie gets the Bass."
+
+"Not much, Dannie don't 'gets the Bass,'" said Jimmy confidently. "Just
+you come out here and let me show you how this works. Now you see, I
+put me sinker on the ind of the thrid, no hook of course, for practice,
+and I touch this little spring here, and give me little rod a whip and
+away goes me bait, slick as grase. Mr. Bass is layin' in thim bass
+weeds right out there, foreninst the pie-plant bed, and the bait
+strikes the water at the idge, see! and 'snap,' he takes it and sails
+off slow, to swally it at leisure. Here's where I don't pull a morsel.
+Jist let him rin and swally, and whin me line is well out and he has me
+bait all digistid, 'yank,' I give him the round-up, and THIN, the fun
+begins. He leps clear of the water and I see he's tin pound. If he rins
+from me, I give him rope, and if he rins to, I dig in, workin' me
+little machane for dear life to take up the thrid before it slacks.
+Whin he sees me, he makes a dash back, and I just got to relase me line
+and let him go, because he'd bust this little silk thrid all to thunder
+if I tried to force him onpleasant to his intintions, and so we kape it
+up until he's plum wore out and comes a promenadin' up to me boat, bank
+I mane, and I scoops him in, and that's sport, Mary! That's MAN'S
+fishin'! Now watch! He's in thim bass weeds before the pie-plant, like
+I said, and I'm here on the bank, and I THINK he's there, so I give me
+little jinted rod a whip and a swing----"
+
+Jimmy gave the rod a whip and a swing. The sinker shot in air, struck
+the limb of an apple tree and wound a dozen times around it. Jimmy said
+things and Mary giggled. She also noticed that Dannie had stopped work
+and was standing in the barn door watching intently. Jimmy climbed the
+tree, unwound the line and tried again.
+
+"I didn't notice that domn apple limb stickin' out there," he said.
+"Now you watch! Right out there among the bass weeds foreninst the
+pie-plant."
+
+To avoid another limb, Jimmy aimed too low and the sinker shot under
+the well platform not ten feet from him.
+
+"Lucky you didn't get fast in the bass weeds," said Mary as Jimmy
+reeled in.
+
+"Will, I got to get me range," explained Jimmy. "This time----"
+
+Jimmy swung too high. The spring slipped from under his unaccustomed
+thumb. The sinker shot above and behind him and became entangled in the
+eaves, while yards of the fine silk line flew off the spinning reel and
+dropped in tangled masses at his feet, and in an effort to do something
+Jimmy reversed the reel and it wound back on tangles and all until it
+became completely clogged. Mary had sat down on the back steps to watch
+the exhibition. Now, she stood up to laugh.
+
+"And THAT'S just what will happen to you at the river," she said.
+"While you are foolin' with that thing, which ain't for rivers, and
+which you don't know beans about handlin', Dannie will haul in the
+Bass, and serve you right, too!"
+
+"Mary," said Jimmy, "I niver struck ye in all me life, but if ye don't
+go in the house, and shut up, I'll knock the head off ye!"
+
+"I wouldn't be advisin' you to," she said. "Dannie is watching you."
+
+Jimmy glanced toward the barn in time to see Dannie's shaking shoulders
+as he turned from the door. With unexpected patience, he firmly closed
+his lips and went after a ladder. By the time he had the sinker loose
+and the line untangled, supper was ready. By the time he had mastered
+the reel, and could land the sinker accurately in front of various
+imaginary beds of bass weeds, Dannie had finished the night work in
+both stables and gone home. But his back door stood open and therefrom
+there protruded the point of a long, heavy cane fish pole. By the light
+of a lamp on his table, Dannie could be seen working with pincers and a
+ball of wire.
+
+"I wonder what he thinks he can do?" said Jimmy.
+
+"I suppose he is trying to fix some way to get that fifteen feet more
+line he needs," replied Mary.
+
+When they went to bed the light still burned and the broad shoulders of
+Dannie bent over the pole. Mary had fallen asleep, but she was awakened
+by Jimmy slipping from the bed. He went to the window and looked toward
+Dannie's cabin. Then he left the bedroom and she could hear him
+crossing to the back window of the next room. Then came a smothered
+laugh and he softly called her. She went to him.
+
+Dannie's figure stood out clear and strong in the moonlight, in his
+wood-yard. His black outline looked unusually powerful in the silvery
+whiteness surrounding it.
+
+He held his fishing pole in both hands and swept a circle about him
+that would have required considerable space on Lake Michigan, and made
+a cast toward the barn. The line ran out smoothly and evenly, and
+through the gloom Mary saw Jimmy's figure straighten and his lips close
+in surprise. Then Dannie began taking in line. That process was so
+slow, Jimmy doubled up and laughed again.
+
+"Be lookin' at that, will ye?" he heaved. "What does the domn fool
+think the Black Bass will be doin' while he is takin' in line on that
+young windlass?"
+
+"There'd be no room on the river to do that," answered Mary serenely.
+"Dannie wouldn't be so foolish as to try. All he wants now is to see if
+his line will run, and it will. Whin he gets to the river, he'll swing
+his bait where he wants it with his pole, like he always does, and whin
+the Bass strikes he'll give it the extra fifteen feet more line he said
+he needed, and thin he'll have a pole and line with which he can land
+it."
+
+"Not on your life he won't!" said Jimmy.
+
+He opened the back door and stepped out just as Dannie raised the pole
+again.
+
+"Hey, you! Quit raisin' Cain out there!" yelled Jimmy. "I want to get
+some sleep."
+
+Across the night, tinged neither with chagrin nor rancor, boomed the
+big voice of Dannie.
+
+"Believe I have my extra line fixed so it works all right," he said.
+"Awful sorry if I waked you. Thought I was quiet."
+
+"How much did you make off that?" inquired Mary.
+
+"Two points," answered Jimmy. "Found out that Dannie ain't sore at me
+any longer and that you are."
+
+Next morning was no sort of angler's weather, but the afternoon gave
+promise of being good fishing by the morrow. Dannie worked about the
+farms, preparing for winter; Jimmy worked with him until mid-afternoon,
+then he hailed a boy passing, and they went away together. At supper
+time Jimmy had not returned. Mary came to where Dannie worked.
+
+"Where's Jimmy?" she asked.
+
+"I dinna, know" said Dannie. "He went away a while ago with some boy, I
+didna notice who."
+
+"And he didn't tell you where he was going?"
+
+"No."
+
+"And he didn't take either of his fish poles?"
+
+"No."
+
+Mary's lips thinned to a mere line. "Then it's Casey's," she said, and
+turned away.
+
+Dannie was silent. Presently Mary came back.
+
+"If Jimmy don't come till morning," she asked, "or comes in shape that
+he can't fish, will you go without him?"
+
+"To-morrow was the day we agreed on," answered Dannie.
+
+"Will you go without him?" persisted Mary.
+
+"What would HE do if it were me?" asked Dannie.
+
+"When have you iver done to Jimmy Malone what he would do if he were
+you?"
+
+"Is there any reason why ye na want me to land the Black Bass, Mary?"
+
+"There is a particular reason why I don't want your living with Jimmy
+to make you like him," answered Mary. "My timper is being wined, and I
+can see where it's beginning to show on you. Whativer you do, don't do
+what he would."
+
+"Dinna be hard on him, Mary. He doesna think," urged Dannie.
+
+"You niver said twer words. He don't think. He niver thought about
+anybody in his life except himself, and he niver will."
+
+"Maybe he didna go to town!"
+
+"Maybe the sun won't rise in the morning, and it will always be dark
+after this! Come in and get your supper."
+
+"I'd best pick up something to eat at home," said Dannie.
+
+"I have some good food cooked, and it's a pity to be throwin' it away.
+What's the use? You've done a long day's work, more for us than
+yoursilf, as usual; come along and get your supper."
+
+Dannie went, and as he was washing at the back door, Jimmy came through
+the barn, and up the walk. He was fresh, and in fine spirits, and where
+ever he had been, it was a sure thing that it was nowhere near Casey's.
+
+"Where have you been?" asked Mary wonderingly.
+
+"Robbin' graves," answered Jimmy promptly. "I needed a few stiffs in me
+business so I just went out to Five Mile and got them."
+
+"What are ye going to do with them, Jimmy?" chuckled Dannie.
+
+"Use thim for Bass bait! Now rattle, old snake!" replied Jimmy.
+
+After supper Dannie went to the barn for the shovel to dig worms for
+bait, and noticed that Jimmy's rubber waders hanging on the wall were
+covered almost to the top with fresh mud and water stains, and Dannie's
+wonder grew.
+
+Early the next morning they started for the river. As usual Jimmy led
+the way. He proudly carried his new rod. Dannie followed with a basket
+of lunch Mary had insisted on packing, his big cane pole, a can of
+worms, and a shovel, in case they ran out of bait.
+
+Dannie had recovered his temper, and was just great-hearted, big Dannie
+again. He talked about the south wind, and shivered with the frost, and
+listened for the splash of the Bass. Jimmy had little to say. He seemed
+to be thinking deeply. No doubt he felt in his soul that they should
+settle the question of who landed the Bass with the same rods they had
+used when the contest was proposed, and that was not all.
+
+When they came to the temporary bridge, Jimmy started across it, and
+Dannie called to him to wait, he was forgetting his worms.
+
+"I don't want any worms," answered Jimmy briefly. He walked on. Dannie
+stood staring after him, for he did not understand that. Then he went
+slowly to his side of the river, and deposited his load under a tree
+where it would be out of the way.
+
+He lay down his pole, took a rude wooden spool of heavy fish cord from
+his pocket, and passed the line through the loop next the handle and so
+on the length of the rod to the point. Then he wired on a sharp bass
+hook, and wound the wire far up the doubled line. As he worked, he kept
+an eye on Jimmy. He was doing practically the same thing. But just as
+Dannie had fastened on a light lead to carry his line, a souse in the
+river opposite attracted his attention. Jimmy hauled from the water a
+minnow bucket, and opening it, took out a live minnow, and placed it on
+his hook. "Riddy," he called, as he resank the bucket, and stood on the
+bank, holding his line in his fingers, and watching the minnow play at
+his feet.
+
+The fact that Dannie was a Scotchman, and unusually slow and patient,
+did not alter the fact that he was just a common human being. The lump
+that rose in his throat was so big, and so hard, he did not try to
+swallow it. He hurried back into Rainbow Bottom. The first log he came
+across he kicked over, and grovelling in the rotten wood and loose
+earth with his hands, he brought up a half dozen bluish-white grubs. He
+tore up the ground for the length of the log, and then he went to
+others, cramming the worms and dirt with them into his pockets. When he
+had enough, he went back, and with extreme care placed three of them on
+his hook. He tried to see how Jimmy was going to fish, but he could not
+tell.
+
+So Dannie decided that he would cast in the morning, fish deep at noon,
+and cast again toward evening.
+
+He rose, turned to the river, and lifted his rod. As he stood looking
+over the channel, and the pool where the Bass homed, the Kingfisher
+came rattling down the river, and as if in answer to its cry, the Black
+Bass gave a leap, that sent the water flying.
+
+"Ready!" cried Dannie, swinging his pole over the water.
+
+As the word left his lips, "whizz," Jimmy's minnow landed in the middle
+of the circles widening about the rise of the Bass. There was a rush
+and a snap, and Dannie saw the jaws of the big fellow close within an
+inch of the minnow, and he swam after it for a yard, as Jimmy slowly
+reeled in. Dannie waited a second, and then softly dropped his grubs on
+the water just before where he figured the Bass would be. He could hear
+Jimmy smothering oaths. Dannie said something himself as his untouched
+bait neared the bank. He lifted it, swung it out, and slowly trailed it
+in again. "Spat!" came Jimmy's minnow almost at his feet, and again the
+Bass leaped for it. Again he missed. As the minnow reeled away the
+second time, Dannie swung his grubs higher, and struck the water
+"Spat," as the minnow had done. "Snap," went the Bass. One instant the
+line strained, the next the hook came up stripped clean of bait.
+
+Then Dannie and Jimmy really went at it, and they were strangers. Not a
+word of friendly banter crossed the river. They cast until the Bass
+grew suspicious, and would not rise to the bait; then they fished deep.
+Then they cast again. If Jimmy fell into trouble with his reel, Dannie
+had the honesty to stop fishing until it worked again, but he spent the
+time burrowing for grubs until his hands resembled the claws of an
+animal. Sometimes they sat, and still-fished. Sometimes, they warily
+slipped along the bank, trailing bait a few inches under water. Then
+they would cast and skitter by turns.
+
+The Kingfisher struck his stump, and tilted on again. His mate, and
+their family of six followed in his lead, so that their rattle was
+almost constant. A fussy little red-eyed vireo asked questions, first
+of Jimmy, and then crossing the river besieged Dannie, but neither of
+the stern-faced fishermen paid it any heed. The blackbirds swung on the
+rushes, and talked over the season. As always, a few crows cawed above
+the deep woods, and the chewinks threshed about among the dry leaves. A
+band of larks were gathering for migration, and the frosty air was
+vibrant with their calls to each other.
+
+Killdeers were circling above them in flocks. A half dozen robins
+gathered over a wild grapevine, and chirped cheerfully, as they pecked
+at the frosted fruit. At times, the pointed nose of a muskrat wove its
+way across the river, leaving a shining ripple in its wake. In the deep
+woods squirrels barked and chattered. Frost-loosened crimson leaves
+came whirling down, settling in a bright blanket that covered the water
+several feet from the bank, and unfortunate bees that had fallen into
+the river struggled frantically to gain a footing on them. Water
+beetles shot over the surface in small shining parties, and schools of
+tiny minnows played along the banks. Once a black ant assassinated an
+enemy on Dannie's shoe, by creeping up behind it and puncturing its
+abdomen.
+
+Noon came, and neither of the fishermen spoke or moved from their work.
+The lunch Mary had prepared with such care they had forgotten. A little
+after noon, Dannie got another strike, deep fishing. Mid-afternoon
+found them still even, and patiently fishing. Then it was not so long
+until supper time, and the air was steadily growing colder. The south
+wind had veered to the west, and signs of a black frost were in the
+air. About this time the larks arose as with one accord, and with a
+whirr of wings that proved how large the flock was, they sailed
+straight south.
+
+Jimmy hauled his minnow bucket from the river, poured the water from
+it, and picked his last minnow, a dead one, from the grass. Dannie was
+watching him, and rightly guessed that he would fish deep. So Dannie
+scooped the remaining dirt from his pockets, and found three grubs. He
+placed them on his hook, lightened his sinker, and prepared to skitter
+once more.
+
+Jimmy dropped his minnow beside the Kingfisher stump, and let it sink.
+Dannie hit the water at the base of the stump, where it had not been
+disturbed for a long time, a sharp "Spat," with his worms. Something
+seized his bait, and was gone. Dannie planted his feet firmly, squared
+his jaws, gripped his rod, and loosened his line. As his eye followed
+it, he saw to his amazement that Jimmy's line was sailing off down the
+river beside his, and heard the reel singing.
+
+Dannie was soon close to the end of his line. He threw his weight into
+a jerk enough to have torn the head from a fish, and down the river the
+Black Bass leaped clear of the water, doubled, and with a mighty shake
+tried to throw the hook from his mouth.
+
+"Got him fast, by God!" screamed Jimmy in triumph.
+
+Straight toward them rushed the fish. Jimmy reeled wildly; Dannie
+gathered in his line by yard lengths, and grasped it with the hand that
+held the rod. Near them the Bass leaped again, and sped back down the
+river. Jimmy's reel sang, and Dannie's line jerked through his fingers.
+Back came the fish. Again Dannie gathered in line, and Jimmy reeled
+frantically. Then Dannie, relying on the strength of his line thought
+he could land the fish, and steadily drew it toward him. Jimmy's reel
+began to sing louder, and his line followed Dannie's. Instantly Jimmy
+went wild.
+
+"Stop pullin' me little silk thrid!" he yelled. "I've got the Black
+Bass hooked fast as a rock, and your domn clothes line is sawin' across
+me. Cut there! Cut that domn rope! Quick!"
+
+"He's mine, and I'll land him!" roared Dannie. "Cut yoursel', and let
+me get my fish!"
+
+So it happened, that when Mary Malone, tired of waiting for the boys to
+come, and anxious as to the day's outcome, slipped down to the Wabash
+to see what they were doing, she heard sounds that almost paralyzed
+her. Shaking with fear, she ran toward the river, and paused at a
+little thicket behind Dannie.
+
+Jimmy danced and raged on the opposite bank. "Cut!" he yelled. "Cut
+that domn cable, and let me Bass loose! Cut your line, I say!"
+
+Dannie stood with his feet planted wide apart, and his jaws set. He
+drew his line steadily toward him, and Jimmy's followed. "Ye see!"
+exulted Dannie. "Ye're across me. The Bass is mine! Reel out your line
+till I land him, if ye dinna want it broken."
+
+"If you don't cut your domn line, I will!" raved Jimmy.
+
+"Cut nothin'!" cried Dannie. "Let's see ye try to touch it!"
+
+Into the river went Jimmy; splash went Dannie from his bank. He was
+nearer the tangled lines, but the water was deepest on his side, and
+the mud of the bed held his feet. Jimmy reached the crossed lines,
+knife in hand, by the time Dannie was there.
+
+"Will you cut?" cried Jimmy.
+
+"Na!" bellowed Dannie. "I've give up every damn thing to ye all my
+life, but I'll no give up the Black Bass. He's mine, and I'll land him!"
+
+Jimmy made a lunge for the lines. Dannie swung his pole backward
+drawing them his way. Jimmy slashed again. Dannie dropped his pole, and
+with a sweep, caught the twisted lines in his fingers.
+
+"Noo, let's see ye cut my line! Babby!" he jeered.
+
+Jimmy's fist flew straight, and the blood streamed from Dannie's nose.
+Dannie dropped the lines, and straightened. "You--" he panted. "You--"
+And no other words came.
+
+If Jimmy had been possessed of any small particle of reason, he lost it
+at the sight of blood on Dannie's face.
+
+"You're a domn fish thief!" he screamed.
+
+"Ye lie!" breathed Dannie, but his hand did not lift.
+
+"You are a coward! You're afraid to strike like a man! Hit me! You
+don't dare hit me!"
+
+"Ye lie!" repeated Dannie.
+
+"You're a dog!" panted Jimmy. "I've used you to wait on me all me life!"
+
+"THAT'S the God's truth!" cried Dannie. But he made no movement to
+strike. Jimmy leaned forward with a distorted, insane face.
+
+"That time you sint me to Mary for you, I lied to her, and married her
+meself. NOW, will you fight like a man?"
+
+Dannie made a spring, and Jimmy crumpled up in his grasp.
+
+"Noo, I will choke the miserable tongue out of your heid, and twist the
+heid off your body, and tear the body to mince-meat," raved Dannie, and
+he promptly began the job.
+
+With one awful effort Jimmy tore the gripping hands from his throat a
+little. "Lie!" he gasped. "It's all a lie!"
+
+"It's the truth! Before God it's the truth!" Mary Malone tried to
+scream behind them. "It's the truth! It's the truth!" And her ears told
+her that she was making no sound as with dry lips she mouthed it over
+and over. And then she fainted, and sank down in the bushes.
+
+Dannie's hands relaxed a little, he lifted the weight of Jimmy's body
+by his throat, and set him on his feet. "I'll give ye juist ane
+chance," he said. "IS THAT THE TRUTH?"
+
+Jimmy's awful eyes were bulging from his head, his hands were clawing
+at Dannie's on his throat, and his swollen lips repeated it over and
+over as breath came, "It's a lie! It's a lie!"
+
+"I think so myself," said Dannie. "Ye never would have dared. Ye'd have
+known that I'd find out some day, and on that day, I'd kill ye as I
+would a copperhead."
+
+"A lie!" panted Jimmy.
+
+"Then WHY did ye tell it?" And Dannie's fingers threatened to renew
+their grip.
+
+"I thought if I could make you strike back," gasped Jimmy, "my hittin'
+you wouldn't same so bad."
+
+Then Dannie's hands relaxed. "Oh, Jimmy! Jimmy!" he cried. "Was there
+ever any other mon like ye?"
+
+Then he remembered the cause of their trouble.
+
+"But, I'm everlastingly damned," Dannie went on, "if I'll gi'e up the
+Black Bass to ye, unless it's on your line. Get yourself up there on
+your bank!"
+
+The shove he gave Jimmy almost upset him, and Jimmy waded back, and as
+he climbed the bank, Dannie was behind him. After him he dragged a
+tangled mass of lines and poles, and at the last up the bank, and on
+the grass, two big fish; one, the great Black Bass of Horseshoe Bend;
+and the other nearly as large, a channel catfish; undoubtedly, one of
+those which had escaped into the Wabash in an overflow of the Celina
+reservoir that spring.
+
+"NOO, I'll cut," said Dannie. "Keep your eye on me sharp. See me cut my
+line at the end o' my pole." He snipped the line in two. "Noo watch,"
+he cautioned, "I dinna want contra deection about this!"
+
+He picked up the Bass, and taking the line by which it was fast at its
+mouth, he slowly drew it through his fingers. The wiry silk line
+slipped away, and the heavy cord whipped out free.
+
+"Is this my line?" asked Dannie, holding it up.
+
+Jimmy nodded.
+
+"Is the Black Bass my fish? Speak up!" cried Dannie, dangling the fish
+from the line.
+
+"It's yours," admitted Jimmy.
+
+"Then I'll be damned if I dinna do what I please wi' my own!" cried
+Dannie. With trembling fingers he extracted the hook, and dropped it.
+He took the gasping big fish in both hands, and tested its weight.
+"Almost seex," he said. "Michty near seex!" And he tossed the Black
+Bass back into the Wabash.
+
+Then he stooped, and gathered up his pole and line.
+
+With one foot he kicked the catfish, the tangled silk line, and the
+jointed rod, toward Jimmy. "Take your fish!" he said. He turned and
+plunged into the river, recrossed it as he came, gathered up the dinner
+pail and shovel, passed Mary Malone, a tumbled heap in the bushes, and
+started toward his cabin.
+
+The Black Bass struck the water with a splash, and sank to the mud of
+the bottom, where he lay joyfully soaking his dry gills, parched
+tongue, and glazed eyes. He scooped water with his tail, and poured it
+over his torn jaw. And then he said to his progeny, "Children, let this
+be a warning to you. Never rise to but one grub at a time. Three is too
+good to be true! There is always a stinger in their midst." And the
+Black Bass ruefully shook his sore head and scooped more water.
+
+
+
+Chapter IX
+
+WHEN JIMMY MALONE CAME TO CONFESSION
+
+Dannie never before had known such anger as possessed him when he
+trudged homeward across Rainbow Bottom. His brain whirled in a tumult
+of conflicting passions, and his heart pained worse than his swelling
+face. In one instant the knowledge that Jimmy had struck him, possessed
+him with a desire to turn back and do murder. In the next, a sense of
+profound scorn for the cowardly lie which had driven him to the rage
+that kills encompassed him, and then in a surge came compassion for
+Jimmy, at the remberence of the excuse he had offered for saying that
+thing. How childish! But how like Jimmy! What was the use in trying to
+deal with him as if he were a man? A great spoiled, selfish baby was
+all he ever would be.
+
+The fallen leaves rustled about Dannie's feet. The blackbirds above him
+in chattering debate discussed migration. A stiff breeze swept the
+fields, topped the embankment, and rushed down circling about Dannie,
+and setting his teeth chattering, for he was almost as wet as if he had
+been completely immersed. As the chill struck in, from force of habit
+he thought of Jimmy. If he was ever going to learn how to take care of
+himself, a man past thirty-five should know. Would he come home and put
+on dry clothing? But when had Jimmy taken care of himself? Dannie felt
+that he should go back, bring him home, and make him dress quickly.
+
+A sharp pain shot across Dannie's swollen face. His lips shut firmly.
+No! Jimmy had struck him. And Jimmy was in the wrong. The fish was his,
+and he had a right to it. No man living would have given it up to
+Jimmy, after he had changed poles. And slipped away with a boy and
+gotten those minnows, too! And wouldn't offer him even one. Much good
+they had done him. Caught a catfish on a dead one! Wonder if he would
+take the catfish to town and have its picture taken! Mighty fine fish,
+too, that channel cat! If it hadn't been for the Black Bass, they would
+have wondered and exclaimed over it, and carefully weighed it, and
+commented on the gamy fight it made. Just the same he was glad, that he
+landed the Bass. And he got it fairly. If Jimmy's old catfish mixed up
+with his line, he could not help that. He baited, hooked, played, and
+landed the Bass all right, and without any minnows either.
+
+When he reached the top of the hill he realized that he was going to
+look back. In spite of Jimmy's selfishness, in spite of the blow, in
+spite of the ugly lie, Jimmy had been his lifelong partner, and his
+only friend, and stiffen his neck as he would, Dannie felt his head
+turning. He deliberately swung his fish pole into the bushes, and when
+it caught, as he knew it would, he set down his load, and turned as if
+to release it. Not a sight of Jimmy anywhere! Dannie started on.
+
+"We are after you, Jimmy Malone!"
+
+A thin, little, wiry thread of a cry, that seemed to come twisting as
+if wrung from the chill air about him, whispered in his ear, and Dannie
+jumped, dropped his load, and ran for the river. He couldn't see a sign
+of Jimmy. He hurried over the shaky little bridge they had built. The
+catfish lay gasping on the grass, the case and jointed rod lay on a
+log, but Jimmy was gone.
+
+Dannie gave the catfish a shove that sent it well into the river, and
+ran for the shoals at the lower curve of Horseshoe Bend. The tracks of
+Jimmy's crossing were plain, and after him hurried Dannie. He ran up
+the hill, and as he reached the top he saw Jimmy climb on a wagon out
+on the road. Dannie called, but the farmer touched up his horses and
+trotted away without hearing him. "The fool! To ride!" thought Dannie.
+"Noo he will chill to the bone!".
+
+Dannie cut across the fields to the lane and gathered up his load. With
+the knowledge that Jimmy had started for town came the thought of Mary.
+What was he going to say to her? He would have to make a clean breast
+of it, and he did not like the showing. In fact, he simply could not
+make a clean breast of it. Tell her? He could not tell her. He would
+lie to her once more, this one time for himself. He would tell her he
+fell in the river to account for his wet clothing and bruised face, and
+wait until Jimmy came home and see what he told her.
+
+He went to the cabin and tapped at the door; there was no answer, so he
+opened it and set the lunch basket inside. Then he hurried home, built
+a fire, bathed, and put on dry clothing. He wondered where Mary was. He
+was ravenously hungry now. He did all the evening work, and as she
+still did not come, he concluded that she had gone to town, and that
+Jimmy knew she was there. Of course, that was it! Jimmy could get dry
+clothing of his brother-in-law. To be sure, Mary had gone to town. That
+was why Jimmy went.
+
+And he was right. Mary had gone to town. When sense slowly returned to
+her she sat up in the bushes and stared about her. Then she arose and
+looked toward the river. The men were gone. Mary guessed the situation
+rightly. They were too much of river men to drown in a few feet of
+water; they scarcely would kill each other. They had fought, and Dannie
+had gone home, and Jimmy to the consolation of Casey's. WHERE SHOULD
+SHE GO? Mary Malone's lips set in a firm line.
+
+"It's the truth! It's the truth!" she panted over and over, and now
+that there was no one to hear, she found that she could say it quite
+plainly. As the sense of her outraged womanhood swept over her she grew
+almost delirious. "I hope you killed him, Dannie Micnoun," she raved.
+"I hope you killed him, for if you didn't, I will. Oh! Oh!"
+
+She was almost suffocating with rage. The only thing clear to her was
+that she never again would live an hour with Jimmy Malone. He might
+have gone home. Probably he did go for dry clothing. She would go to
+her sister. She hurried across the bottom, with wavering knees she
+climbed the embankment, then skirting the fields, she half walked, half
+ran to the village, and selecting back streets and alleys, tumbled,
+half distracted, into the home of her sister.
+
+"Holy Vargin!" screamed Katy Dolan. "Whativer do be ailin' you, Mary
+Malone?"
+
+"Jimmy! Jimmy!" sobbed the shivering Mary.
+
+"I knew it! I knew it! I've ixpicted it for years!" cried Katy.
+
+"They've had a fight----"
+
+"Just what I looked for! I always told you they were too thick to last!"
+
+"And Jimmy told Dannie he'd lied to me and married me himsilf----"
+
+"He did! I saw him do it!" screamed Katy.
+
+"And Dannie tried to kill him----"
+
+"I hope to Hivin he got it done, for if any man iver naded killin'! A
+carpse named Jimmy Malone would a looked good to me any time these
+fiftane years. I always said----"
+
+"And he took it back----"
+
+"Just like the rid divil! I knew he'd do it! And of course that
+mutton-head of a Dannie Micnoun belaved him, whativer he said."
+
+"Of course he did!"
+
+"I knew it! Didn't I say so first?"
+
+"And I tried to scrame and me tongue stuck----"
+
+"Sure! You poor lamb! My tongue always sticks! Just what I ixpicted!"
+
+"And me head just went round and I keeled over in the bushes----"
+
+"I've told Dolan a thousand times! I knew it! It's no news to me!"
+
+"And whin I came to, they were gone, and I don't know where, and I
+don't care! But I won't go back! I won't go back! I'll not live with
+him another day. Oh, Katy! Think how you'd feel if some one had
+siparated you and Dolan before you'd iver been togither!"
+
+Katie Dolan gathered her sister into her arms. "You poor lamb," she
+wailed. "I've known ivery word of this for fiftane years, and if I'd
+had the laste idea 'twas so, I'd a busted Jimmy Malone to smithereens
+before it iver happened!"
+
+"I won't go back! I won't go back!" raved Mary.
+
+"I guess you won't go back," cried Katy, patting every available spot
+on Mary, or making dashes at her own eyes to stop the flow of tears. "I
+guess you won't go back! You'll stay right here with me. I've always
+wanted you! I always said I'd love to have you! I've told thim from the
+start there was something wrong out there! I've ixpicted you ivry day
+for years, and I niver was so surprised in all me life as whin you
+came! Now, don't you shed another tear. The Lord knows this is enough,
+for anybody. None at all would be too many for Jimmy Malone. You get
+right into bid, and I'll make you a cup of rid-pipper tay to take the
+chill out of you. And if Jimmy Malone comes around this house I'll lav
+him out with the poker, and if Dannie Micnoun comes saft-saddering
+after him I'll stritch him out too; yis, and if Dolan's got anything to
+say, he can take his midicine like the rist. The min are all of a pace
+anyhow! I've always said it! If I wouldn't like to get me fingers on
+that haythen; never goin' to confission, spindin' ivrything on himself
+you naded for dacent livin'! Lit him come! Just lit him come!"
+
+Thus forestalled with knowledge, and overwhelmed with kindness, Mary
+Malone cuddled up in bed and sobbed herself to sleep, and Katy Dolan
+assured her, as long as she was conscious, that she always had known
+it, and if Jimmy Malone came near, she had the poker ready.
+
+Dannie did the evening work. When he milked he drank most of it, but
+that only made him hungrier, so he ate the lunch he had brought back
+from the river, as he sat before a roaring fire. His heart warmed with
+his body. Irresponsible Jimmy always had aroused something of the
+paternal instinct in Dannie. Some one had to be responsible, so Dannie
+had been. Some way he felt responsible now. With another man like
+himself, it would have been man to man, but he always had spoiled
+Jimmy; now who was to blame that he was spoiled?
+
+Dannie was very tired, his face throbbed and ached painfully, and it
+was a sight to see. His bed never had looked so inviting, and never had
+the chance to sleep been further away. With a sigh, he buttoned his
+coat, twisted an old scarf around his neck, and started for the barn.
+There was going to be a black frost. The cold seemed to pierce him. He
+hitched to the single buggy, and drove to town. He went to Casey's, and
+asked for Jimmy.
+
+"He isn't here," said Casey.
+
+"Has he been here?" asked Dannie.
+
+Casey hesitated, and then blurted out, "He said you wasn't his keeper,
+and if you came after him, to tell you to go to Hell."
+
+Then Dannie was sure that Jimmy was in the back room, drying his
+clothing. So he drove to Mrs. Dolan's, and asked if Mary were there for
+the night. Mrs. Dolan said she was, and she was going to stay, and he
+might tell Jimmy Malone that he need not come near them, unless he
+wanted his head laid open. She shut the door forcibly.
+
+Dannie waited until Casey closed at eleven, and to his astonishment
+Jimmy was not among the men who came out. That meant that he had drank
+lightly after all, slipped from the back door, and gone home. And yet,
+would he do it, after what he had said about being afraid? If he had
+not drank heavily, he would not go into the night alone, when he had
+been afraid in the daytime. Dannie climbed from the buggy once more,
+and patiently searched the alley and the street leading to the footpath
+across farms. No Jimmy. Then Dannie drove home, stabled his horse, and
+tried Jimmy's back door. It was unlocked. If Jimmy were there, he
+probably would be lying across the bed in his clothing, and Dannie knew
+that Mary was in town. He made a light, and cautiously entered the
+sleeping room, intending to undress and cover Jimmy, but Jimmy was not
+there.
+
+Dannie's mouth fell open. He put out the light, and stood on the back
+steps. The frost had settled in a silver sheen over the roofs of the
+barns and the sheds, and a scum of ice had frozen over a tub of
+drippings at the well. Dannie was bitterly cold. He went home, and
+hunted out his winter overcoat, lighted his lantern, picked up a heavy
+cudgel in the corner, and started to town on foot over the path that
+lay across the fields. He followed it to Casey's back door. He went to
+Mrs. Dolan's again, but everything was black and silent there. There
+had been evening trains. He thought of Jimmy's frequent threat to go
+away. He dismissed that thought grimly. There had been no talk of going
+away lately, and he knew that Jimmy had little money. Dannie started
+for home, and for a rod on either side he searched the path. As he came
+to the back of the barns, he rated himself for not thinking of them
+first. He searched both of them, and all around them, and then wholly
+tired, and greatly disgusted, he went home and to bed. He decided that
+Jimmy HAD gone to Mrs. Dolan's and that kindly woman had relented and
+taken him in. Of course that was where he was.
+
+Dannie was up early in the morning. He wanted to have the work done
+before Mary and Jimmy came home. He fed the stock, milked, built a
+fire, and began cleaning the stables. As he wheeled the first barrow of
+manure to the heap, he noticed a rooster giving danger signals behind
+the straw-stack. At the second load it was still there, and Dannie went
+to see what alarmed it.
+
+Jimmy lay behind the stack, where he had fallen face down, and as
+Dannie tried to lift him he saw that he would have to cut him loose,
+for he had frozen fast in the muck of the barnyard. He had pitched
+forward among the rough cattle and horse tracks and fallen within a few
+feet of the entrance to a deep hollow eaten out of the straw by the
+cattle. Had he reached that shelter he would have been warm enough and
+safe for the night.
+
+Horrified, Dannie whipped out his knife, cut Jimmy's clothing loose and
+carried him to his bed. He covered him, and hitching up drove at top
+speed for a doctor. He sent the physician ahead and then rushed to Mrs.
+Dolan's. She saw him drive up and came to the door.
+
+"Send Mary home and ye come too," Dannie called before she had time to
+speak. "Jimmy lay oot all last nicht, and I'm afraid he's dead."
+
+Mrs. Dolan hurried in and repeated the message to Mary. She sat
+speechless while her sister bustled about putting on her wraps.
+
+"I ain't goin'," she said shortly. "If I got sight of him, I'd kill him
+if he wasn't dead."
+
+"Oh, yis you are goin'," said Katy Dolan. "If he's dead, you know, it
+will save you being hanged for killing him. Get on these things of mine
+and hurry. You got to go for decency sake; and kape a still tongue in
+your head. Dannie Micnoun is waiting for us."
+
+Together they went out and climbed into the carriage. Mary said
+nothing, but Dannie was too miserable to notice.
+
+"You didn't find him thin, last night?" asked Mrs. Dolan.
+
+"Na!" shivered Dannie. "I was in town twice. I hunted almost all nicht.
+At last I made sure you had taken him in and I went to bed. It was
+three o'clock then. I must have passed often, wi'in a few yards of him."
+
+"Where was he?" asked Katy.
+
+"Behind the straw-stack," replied Dannie.
+
+"Do you think he will die?"
+
+"Dee!" cried Dannie. "Jimmy dee! Oh, my God! We mauna let him!"
+
+Mrs. Dolan took a furtive peep at Mary, who, dry-eyed and white, was
+staring straight ahead. She was trembling and very pale, but if Katy
+Dolan knew anything she knew that her sister's face was unforgiving and
+she did not in the least blame her.
+
+Dannie reached home as soon as the horse could take them, and under the
+doctor's directions all of them began work. Mary did what she was told,
+but she did it deliberately, and if Dannie had taken time to notice her
+he would have seen anything but his idea of a woman facing death for
+any one she ever had loved. Mary's hurt went so deep, Mrs. Dolan had
+trouble to keep it covered. Some of the neighbors said Mary was
+cold-hearted, and some of them that she was stupefied with grief.
+
+Without stopping for food or sleep, Dannie nursed Jimmy. He rubbed, he
+bathed, he poulticed, he badgered the doctor and cursed his inability
+to do some good. To every one except Dannie, Jimmy's case was hopeless
+from the first. He developed double pneumonia in its worst form and he
+was in no condition to endure it in the lightest. His labored breathing
+could be heard all over the cabin, and he could speak only in gasps. On
+the third day he seemed a little better, and when Dannie asked what he
+could do for him, "Father Michael," Jimmy panted, and clung to Dannie's
+hand.
+
+Dannie sent a man and remained with Jimmy. He made no offer to go when
+the priest came.
+
+"This is probably in the nature of a last confession," said Father
+Michael to Dannie, "I shall have to ask you to leave us alone."
+
+Dannie felt the hand that clung to him relax, and the perspiration
+broke on his temples. "Shall I go, Jimmy?" he asked.
+
+Jimmy nodded. Dannie arose heavily and left the room. He sat down
+outside the door and rested his head in his hands.
+
+The priest stood beside Jimmy. "The doctor tells me it is difficult for
+you to speak," he said, "I will help you all I can. I will ask
+questions and you need only assent with your head or hand. Do you wish
+the last sacrament administered, Jimmy Malone?"
+
+The sweat rolled off Jimmy's brow. He assented.
+
+"Do you wish to make final confession?"
+
+A great groan shook Jimmy. The priest remembered a gay, laughing boy,
+flinging back a shock of auburn hair, his feet twinkling in the lead of
+the dance. Here was ruin to make the heart of compassion ache. The
+Father bent and clasped the hand of Jimmy firmly. The question he asked
+was between Jimmy Malone and his God. The answer almost strangled him.
+
+"Can you confess that mortal sin, Jimmy?" asked the priest.
+
+The drops on Jimmy's face merged in one bath of agony. His hands
+clenched and his breath seemed to go no lower than his throat.
+
+"Lied--Dannie," he rattled. "Sip-rate him--and Mary."
+
+"Are you trying to confess that you betrayed a confidence of Dannie
+Macnoun and married the girl who belonged to him, yourself?"
+
+Jimmy assented.
+
+His horrified eyes hung on the priest's face and saw it turn cold and
+stern. Always the thing he had done had tormented him; but not until
+the past summer had he begun to realize the depth of it, and it had
+almost unseated his reason. But not until now had come fullest
+appreciation, and Jimmy read it in the eyes filled with repulsion above
+him.
+
+"And with that sin on your soul, you ask the last sacrament and the
+seal of forgiveness! You have not wronged God and the Holy Catholic
+Church as you have this man, with whom you have lived for years, while
+you possessed his rightful wife. Now he is here, in deathless devotion,
+fighting to save you. You may confess to him. If he will forgive you,
+God and the Church will ratify it, and set the seal on your brow. If
+not, you die unshriven! I will call Dannie Macnoun."
+
+One gurgling howl broke from the swollen lips of Jimmy.
+
+As Dannie entered the room, the priest spoke a few words to him,
+stepped out and closed the door. Dannie hurried to Jimmy's side.
+
+"He said ye wanted to tell me something," said Dannie. "What is it? Do
+you want me to do anything for you?"
+
+Suddenly Jimmy struggled to a sitting posture. His popping eyes almost
+burst from their sockets as he clutched Dannie with both hands. The
+perspiration poured in little streams down his dreadful face.
+
+"Mary," the next word was lost in a strangled gasp. Then came "yours"
+and then a queer rattle. Something seemed to give way. "The Divils!" he
+shrieked. "The Divils have got me!"
+
+Snap! his heart failed, and Jimmy Malone went out to face his record,
+unforgiven by man, and unshriven by priest.
+
+
+
+Chapter X
+
+DANNIE'S RENUNCIATION
+
+So they stretched Jimmy's length on Five Mile Hill beside the three
+babies that had lacked the "vital spark." Mary went to the Dolans for
+the winter and Dannie was left, sole occupant of Rainbow Bottom.
+Because so much fruit and food that would freeze were stored there, he
+was even asked to live in Jimmy's cabin.
+
+Dannie began the winter stolidly. All day long and as far as he could
+find anything to do in the night, he worked. He mended everything about
+both farms, rebuilt all the fences and as a never-failing resource, he
+cut wood. He cut so much that he began to realize that it would get too
+dry and the burning of it would become extravagant, so he stopped that
+and began making some changes he had long contemplated. During fur time
+he set his line of traps on his side of the river and on the other he
+religiously set Jimmy's.
+
+But he divided the proceeds from the skins exactly in half, no matter
+whose traps caught them, and with Jimmy's share of the money he started
+a bank account for Mary. As he could not use all of them he sold
+Jimmy's horses, cattle and pigs. With half the stock gone he needed
+only half the hay and grain stored for feeding. He disposed of the
+chickens, turkeys, ducks, and geese that Mary wanted sold, and placed
+the money to her credit. He sent her a beautiful little red bank book
+and an explanation of all these transactions by Dolan. Mary threw the
+book across the room because she wanted Dannie to keep her money
+himself, and then cried herself to sleep that night, because Dannie had
+sent the book instead of bringing it. But when she fully understood the
+transactions and realized that if she chose she could spend several
+hundred dollars, she grew very proud of that book.
+
+About the empty cabins and the barns, working on the farms, wading the
+mud and water of the river bank, or tingling with cold on the ice went
+two Dannies. The one a dull, listless man, mechanically forcing a
+tired, overworked body to action, and the other a self-accused murderer.
+
+"I am responsible for the whole thing," he told himself many times a
+day. "I always humored Jimmy. I always took the muddy side of the road,
+and the big end of the log, and the hard part of the work, and filled
+his traps wi' rats from my own; why in God's name did I let the Deil o'
+stubbornness in me drive him to his death, noo? Why didna I let him
+have the Black Bass? Why didna I make him come home and put on dry
+clothes? I killed him, juist as sure as if I'd taken an ax and broken
+his heid."
+
+Through every minute of the exposure of winter outdoors and the torment
+of it inside, Dannie tortured himself. Of Mary he seldom thought at
+all. She was safe with her sister, and although Dannie did not know
+when or how it happened, he awoke one day to the realization that he
+had renounced her. He had killed Jimmy; he could not take his wife and
+his farm. And Dannie was so numb with long-suffering, that he did not
+much care. There come times when troubles pile so deep that the edge of
+human feeling is dulled.
+
+He would take care of Mary, yes, she was as much Jimmy's as his farm,
+but he did not want her for himself now. If he had to kill his only
+friend, he would not complete his downfall by trying to win his wife.
+So through that winter Mary got very little consideration in the
+remorseful soul of Dannie, and Jimmy grew, as the dead grow, by leaps
+and bounds, until by spring Dannie had him well-nigh canonized.
+
+When winter broke, Dannie had his future well mapped out. And that
+future was devotion to Jimmy's memory, with no more of Mary in it than
+was possible to keep out. He told himself that he was glad she was away
+and he did not care to have her return. Deep in his soul he harbored
+the feeling that he had killed Jimmy to make himself look victor in her
+eyes in such a small matter as taking a fish. And deeper yet a feeling
+that, everything considered, still she might mourn Jimmy more than she
+did.
+
+So Dannie definitely settled that he always would live alone on the
+farms. Mary should remain with her sister, and at his death, everything
+should be hers. The night he finally reached that decision, the
+Kingfisher came home. Dannie heard his rattle of exultation as he
+struck the embankment and the suffering man turned his face to the wall
+and sobbed aloud, so that for a little time he stifled Jimmy's dying
+gasps that in wakeful night hours sounded in his ears. Early the next
+morning he drove through the village on his way to the county seat,
+with a load of grain. Dolan saw him and running home he told Mary. "He
+will be gone all day. Now is your chance!" he said.
+
+Mary sprang to her feet, "Hurry!" she panted, "hurry!"
+
+An hour later a loaded wagon, a man and three women drew up before the
+cabins in Rainbow Bottom. Mary, her sister, Dolan, and a scrub woman
+entered. Mary pointed out the objects which she wished removed, and
+Dolan carried them out. They took up the carpets, swept down the walls,
+and washed the windows. They hung pictures, prints, and lithographs,
+and curtained the windows in dainty white. They covered the floors with
+bright carpets, and placed new ornaments on the mantle, and comfortable
+furniture in the rooms. There was a white iron bed, and several rocking
+chairs, and a shelf across the window filled with potted hyacinths in
+bloom. Among them stood a glass bowl, containing three wonderful little
+gold fish, and from the top casing hung a brass cage, from which a
+green linnet sang an exultant song.
+
+You should have seen Mary Malone! When everything was finished, she was
+changed the most of all. She was so sure of Dannie, that while the
+winter had brought annoyance that he did not come, it really had been
+one long, glorious rest. She laughed and sang, and grew younger with
+every passing day. As youth surged back, with it returned roundness of
+form, freshness of face, and that bred the desire to be daintily
+dressed. So of pretty light fabrics she made many summer dresses, for
+wear mourning she would not.
+
+When calmness returned to Mary, she had told the Dolans the whole
+story. "Now do you ixpict me to grieve for the man?" she asked.
+"Fiftane years with him, through his lying tongue, whin by ivery right
+of our souls and our bodies, Dannie Micnoun and I belanged to each
+other. Mourn for him! I'm glad he's dead! Glad! Glad! If he had not
+died, I should have killed him, if Dannie did not! It was a happy thing
+that he died. His death saved me mortal sin. I'm glad, I tell you, and
+I do not forgive him, and I niver will, and I hope he will burn----"
+
+Katy Dolan clapped her hand over Mary's mouth. "For the love of marcy,
+don't say that!" she cried. "You will have to confiss it, and you'd be
+ashamed to face the praste."
+
+"I would not," cried Mary. "Father Michael knows I'm just an ordinary
+woman, he don't ixpict me to be an angel." But she left the sentence
+unfinished.
+
+After Mary's cabin was arranged to her satisfaction, they attacked
+Dannie's; emptying it, cleaning it completely, and refurnishing it from
+the best of the things that had been in both. Then Mary added some new
+touches. A comfortable big chair was placed by his fire, new books on
+his mantle, a flower in his window, and new covers on his bed. While
+the women worked, Dolan raked the yards, and freshened matters outside
+as best he could. When everything they had planned to do was
+accomplished, the wagon, loaded with the ugly old things Mary despised,
+drove back to the village, and she, with little Tilly Dolan for
+company, remained.
+
+Mary was tense with excitement. All the woman in her had yearned for
+these few pretty things she wanted for her home throughout the years
+that she had been compelled to live in crude, ugly surroundings;
+because every cent above plainest clothing and food, went for drink for
+Jimmy, and treats for his friends. Now she danced and sang, and flew
+about trying a chair here, and another there, to get the best effect.
+Every little while she slipped into her bedroom, stood before a real
+dresser, and pulled out its trays to make sure that her fresh, light
+dresses were really there. She shook out the dainty curtains
+repeatedly, watered the flowers, and fed the fish when they did not
+need it. She babbled incessantly to the green linnet, which with
+swollen throat rejoiced with her, and occasionally she looked in the
+mirror.
+
+She lighted the fire, and put food to cook. She covered a new table,
+with a new cloth, and set it with new dishes, and placed a jar of her
+flowers in the center. What a supper she did cook! When she had waited
+until she was near crazed with nervousness, she heard the wagon coming
+up the lane. Peeping from the window, she saw Dannie stop the horses
+short, and sit staring at the cabins, and she realized that smoke would
+be curling from the chimney, and the flowers and curtains would change
+the shining windows outside. She trembled with excitement, and than a
+great yearning seized her, as he slowly drove closer, for his brown
+hair was almost white, and the lines on his face seemed indelibly
+stamped. And then hot anger shook her. Fifteen years of her life
+wrecked, and look at Dannie! That was Jimmy Malone's work.
+
+Over and over, throughout the winter, she had planned this home-coming
+as a surprise to Dannie. Book-fine were the things she intended to say
+to him. When he opened the door, and stared at her and about the
+altered room, she swiftly went to him, and took the bundles he carried
+from his arms.
+
+"Hurry up, and unhitch, Dannie," she said. "Your supper is waiting."
+
+And Dannie turned and stolidly walked back to his team, without
+uttering a word.
+
+"Uncle Dannie!" cried a child's voice. "Please let me ride to the barn
+with you!"
+
+A winsome little maid came rushing to Dannie, threw her arms about his
+neck, and hugged him tight, as he stooped to lift her. Her yellow curls
+were against his cheek, and her breath was flower-sweet in his face.
+
+"Why didn't you kiss Aunt Mary?" she demanded. "Daddy Dolan always
+kisses mammy when he comes from all day gone. Aunt Mary's worked so
+hard to please you. And Daddie worked, and mammy worked, and another
+woman. You are pleased, ain't you, Uncle Dannie?"
+
+"Who told ye to call me Uncle?" asked Dannie, with unsteady lips.
+
+"She did!" announced the little woman, flourishing the whip in the
+direction of the cabin. Dannie climbed down to unhitch. "You are goin'
+to be my Uncle, ain't you, as soon as it's a little over a year, so
+folks won't talk?"
+
+"Who told ye that?" panted Dannie, hiding behind a horse.
+
+"Nobody told me! Mammy just SAID it to Daddy, and I heard," answered
+the little maid. "And I'm glad of it, and so are all of us glad. Mammy
+said she'd just love to come here now, whin things would be like white
+folks. Mammy said Aunt Mary had suffered a lot more'n her share. Say,
+you won't make her suffer any more, will you?"
+
+"No," moaned Dannie, and staggered into the barn with the horses. He
+leaned against a stall, and shut his eyes. He could see the bright
+room, plainer than ever, and that little singing bird sounded loud as
+any thunder in his ears. And whether closed or open, he could see Mary,
+never in all her life so beautiful, never so sweet; flesh and blood
+Mary, in a dainty dress, with the shining, unafraid eyes of girlhood.
+It was that thing which struck Dannie first, and hit him hardest. Mary
+was a careless girl again. When before had he seen her with neither
+trouble, anxiety or, worse yet, FEAR, in her beautiful eyes?
+
+And she had come to stay. She would not have refurnished her cabin
+otherwise. Dannie took hold of the manger with both hands, because his
+sinking knees needed bracing.
+
+"Dannie," called Mary's voice in the doorway, "has my spickled hin
+showed any signs of setting yet?"
+
+"She's been over twa weeks," answered Dannie. "She's in that barrel
+there in the corner."
+
+Mary entered the barn, removed the prop, lowered the board, and
+kneeling, stroked the hen, and talked softly to her. She slipped a hand
+under the hen, and lifted her to see the eggs. Dannie staring at Mary
+noted closer the fresh, cleared skin, the glossy hair, the delicately
+colored cheeks, and the plumpness of the bare arms. One little wisp of
+curl lay against the curve of her neck, just where it showed rose-pink,
+and looked honey sweet. And in one great surge, the repressed stream of
+passion in the strong man broke, and Dannie swayed against his horse.
+His tongue stuck to the roof of his mouth, and he caught at the harness
+to steady himself, while he strove to grow accustomed to the fact that
+Hell had opened in a new form for him. The old heart hunger for Mary
+Malone was back in stronger force than ever before; and because of him
+Jimmy lay stretched on Five Mile Hill.
+
+"Dannie, you are just fine!" said Mary. "I've been almost wild to get
+home, because I thought iverything would be ruined, and instid of that
+it's all ixactly the way I do it. Do hurry, and get riddy for supper.
+Oh, it's so good to be home again! I want to make garden, and fix my
+flowers, and get some little chickens and turkeys into my fingers."
+
+"I have to go home, and wash, and spruce up a bit, for ladies," said
+Dannie, leaving the barn.
+
+Mary made no reply, and it came to him that she expected it. "Damned if
+I will!" he said, as he started home. "If she wants to come here, and
+force herself on me, she can, but she canna mak' me."
+
+Just then Dannie stepped in his door, and slowly gazed about him. In a
+way his home was as completely transformed as hers. He washed his face
+and hands, and started for a better coat. His sleeping room shone with
+clean windows, curtained in snowy white. A freshly ironed suit of
+underclothing and a shirt lay on his bed. Dannie stared at them.
+
+"She think's I'll tog up in them, and come courtin'" he growled. "I'll
+show her if I do! I winna touch them!"
+
+To prove that he would not, Dannie caught them up in a wad, and threw
+them into a corner. That showed a clean sheet, fresh pillow, and new
+covers, invitingly spread back. Dannie turned as white as the pillow at
+which he stared.
+
+"That's a damn plain insinuation that I'm to get into ye," he said to
+the bed, "and go on living here. I dinna know as that child's jabber
+counts. For all I know, Mary may already have picked out some town dude
+to bring here and farm out on me, and they'll live with the bird cage,
+and I can go on climbin' into ye alone."
+
+Here was a new thought. Mary might mean only kindness to him again, as
+she had sent word by Jimmy she meant years ago. He might lose her for
+the second time. And again a wave of desire struck Dannie, and left him
+staggering.
+
+"Ain't you comin', Uncle Dannie?" called the child's voice at the back
+door.
+
+"What's your name, little lass?" inquired Dannie.
+
+"Tilly," answered the little girl promptly.
+
+"Well, Tilly, ye go tell your Aunt Mary I have been in an eelevator
+handlin' grain, and I'm covered wi' fine dust and chaff that sticks me.
+I canna come until I've had a bath, and put on clean clothing. Tell her
+to go ahead."
+
+The child vanished. In a second she was back. "She said she won't do
+it, and take all the time you want. But I wish you'd hurry, for she
+won't let me either."
+
+Dannie hurried. But the hasty bath and the fresh clothing felt so good
+he was in a softened mood when he approached Mary's door again. Tilly
+was waiting on the step, and ran to meet him. Tilly was a dream.
+Almost, Dannie understood why Mary had brought her. Tilly led him to
+the table, and pulled back a chair for him, and he lifted her into
+hers, and as Mary set dish after dish of food on the table, Tilly
+filled in every pause that threatened to grow awkward with her chatter.
+Dannie had been a very lonely man, and he did love Mary's cooking.
+Until then he had not realized how sore a trial six months of his own
+had been.
+
+"If I was a praying mon, I'd ask a blessing, and thank God fra this
+food," said Dannie.
+
+"What's the matter with me?" asked Mary.
+
+"I have never yet found anything," answered Dannie. "And I do thank ye
+fra everything. I believe I'm most thankful of all fra the clean
+clothes and the clean bed. I'm afraid I was neglectin' myself, Mary."
+
+"Will, you'll not be neglected any more," said Mary. "Things have
+turned over a new leaf here. For all you give, you get some return,
+after this. We are going to do business in a businesslike way, and
+divide even. I liked that bank account, pretty will, Dannie. Thank you,
+for that. And don't think I spint all of it. I didn't spind a hundred
+dollars all togither. Not the price of one horse! But it made me so
+happy I could fly. Home again, and the things I've always wanted, and
+nothing to fear. Oh, Dannie, you don't know what it manes to a woman to
+be always afraid! My heart is almost jumping out of my body, just with
+pure joy that the old fear is gone."
+
+"I know what it means to a mon to be afraid," said Dannie. And vividly
+before him loomed the awful, distorted, dying face of Jimmy.
+
+Mary guessed, and her bright face clouded.
+
+"Some day, Dannie, we must have a little talk," she said, "and clear up
+a few things neither of us understand. 'Til thin we will just farm, and
+be partners, and be as happy as iver we can. I don't know as you mean
+to, but if you do, I warn you right now that you need niver mintion the
+name of Jimmy Malone to me again, for any reason."
+
+Dannie left the cabin abruptly.
+
+"Now you gone and made him mad!" reproached Tilly.
+
+During the past winter Mary had lived with other married people for the
+first time, and she had imbibed some of Mrs. Dolan's philosophy.
+
+"Whin he smells the biscuit I mane to make for breakfast, he'll get
+glad again," she said, and he did.
+
+But first he went home, and tried to learn where he stood. WAS HE TRULY
+RESPONSIBLE FOR JIMMY'S DEATH? Yes. If he had acted like a man, he
+could have saved Jimmy. He was responsible. Did he want to marry Mary?
+Did he? Dannie reached empty arms to empty space, and groaned aloud.
+Would she marry him? Well, now, would she? After years of neglect and
+sorrow, Dannie knew that Mary had learned to prefer him to Jimmy. But
+almost any man would have been preferable to a woman, to Jimmy. Jimmy
+was distinctly a man's man. A jolly good fellow, but he would not deny
+himself anything, no matter what it cost his wife, and he had been very
+hard to live with. Dannie admitted that. So Mary had come to prefer him
+to Jimmy, that was sure; but it was not a question between him and
+Jimmy, now. It was between him, and any marriageable man that Mary
+might fancy.
+
+He had grown old, and gray, and wrinkled, though he was under forty.
+Mary had grown round, and young, and he had never seen her looking so
+beautiful. Surely she would want a man now as young, and as fresh as
+herself; and she might want to live in town after a while, if she grew
+tired of the country. Could he remember Jimmy's dreadful death, realize
+that he was responsible for it, and make love to his wife? No, she was
+sacred to Jimmy. Could he live beside her, and lose her to another man
+for the second time? No, she belonged to him. It was almost daybreak
+when Dannie remembered the fresh bed, and lay down for a few hours'
+rest.
+
+But there was no rest for Dannie, and after tossing about until dawn he
+began his work. When he carried the milk into the cabin, and smelled
+the biscuit, he fulfilled Mary's prophecy, got glad again, and came to
+breakfast. Then he went about his work. But as the day wore on, he
+repeatedly heard the voice of the woman and the child, combining in a
+chorus of laughter. From the little front porch, the green bird warbled
+and trilled. Neighbors who had heard of her return came up the lane to
+welcome a happy Mary Malone. The dead dreariness of winter melted
+before the spring sun, and in Dannie's veins the warm blood swept up,
+as the sap flooded the trees, and in spite of himself he grew gladder
+and yet gladder.
+
+He now knew how he had missed Mary. How he had loathed that empty,
+silent cabin. How remorse and heart hunger had gnawed at his vitals,
+and he decided that he would go on just as Mary had said, and let
+things drift; and when she was ready to have the talk with him she had
+mentioned, he would hear what she had to say. And as he thought over
+these things, he caught himself watching for furrows that Jimmy was not
+making on the other side of the field. He tried to talk to the robins
+and blackbirds instead of Jimmy, but they were not such good company.
+And when the day was over, he tried not to be glad that he was going to
+the shining eyes of Mary Malone, a good supper, and a clean bed, and it
+was not in the heart of man to do it.
+
+The summer wore on, autumn came, and the year Tilly had spoken of was
+over. Dannie went his way, doing the work of two men, thinking of
+everything, planning for everything, and he was all the heart of Mary
+Malone could desire, save her lover. By little Mary pieced it out.
+Dannie never mentioned fishing; he had lost his love for the river. She
+knew that he frequently took walks to Five Mile Hill. His devotion to
+Jimmy's memory was unswerving. And at last it came to her, that in
+death as in life, Jimmy Malone was separating them. She began to
+realize that there might be things she did not know. What had Jimmy
+told the priest? Why had Father Michael refused to confess Jimmy until
+he sent Dannie to him? What had passed between them? If it was what she
+had thought all year, why did it not free Dannie to her? If there was
+something more, what was it?
+
+Surely Dannie loved her. Much as he had cared for Jimmy, he had vowed
+that everything was for her first. She was eager to be his wife, and
+something bound him. One day, she decided to ask him. The next, she
+shrank in burning confusion, for when Jimmy Malone had asked for her
+love, she had admitted to him that she loved Dannie, and Jimmy had told
+her that it was no use, Dannie did not care for girls, and that he had
+said he wished she would not thrust herself upon him. On the strength
+of that statement Mary married Jimmy inside five weeks, and spent years
+in bitter repentance.
+
+That was the thing which held her now. If Dannie knew what she did, and
+did not care to marry her, how could she mention it? Mary began to grow
+pale, and lose sleep, and Dannie said the heat of the summer had tired
+her, and suggested that she go to Mrs. Dolan's for a weeks rest. The
+fact that he was willing, and possibly anxious to send her away for a
+whole week, angered Mary. She went.
+
+
+
+Chapter XI
+
+THE POT OF GOLD
+
+Mary had not been in the Dolan home an hour until Katy knew all she
+could tell of her trouble. Mrs. Dolan was practical. "Go to see Father
+Michael," she said. "What's he for but to hilp us. Go ask him what
+Jimmy told him. Till him how you feel and what you know. He can till
+you what Dannie knows and thin you will understand where you are at."
+
+Mary was on the way before Mrs. Dolan fully finished. She went to the
+priest's residence and asked his housekeeper to inquire if he would see
+her. He would, and Mary entered his presence strangely calm and
+self-possessed. This was the last fight she knew of that she could make
+for happiness, and if she lost, happiness was over for her. She had
+need of all her wit and she knew it. Father Michael began laughing as
+he shook hands.
+
+"Now look here, Mary," he said, "I've been expecting you. I warn you
+before you begin that I cannot sanction your marriage to a Protestant."
+
+"Oh, but I'm going to convart him!" cried Mary so quickly that the
+priest laughed harder than ever.
+
+"So that's the lay of the land!" he chuckled. "Well, if you'll
+guarantee that, I'll give in. When shall I read the banns?"
+
+"Not until we get Dannie's consint," answered Mary, and for the first
+her voice wavered.
+
+Father Michael looked his surprise. "Tut! Tut!" he said. "And is Dannie
+dilatory?"
+
+"Dannie is the finest man that will ever live in this world," said
+Mary, "but he don't want to marry me."
+
+"To my certain knowledge Dannie has loved you all your life," said
+Father Michael. "He wants nothing here or hereafter as he wants to
+marry you."
+
+"Thin why don't he till me so?" sobbed Mary, burying her burning face
+in her hands.
+
+"Has he said nothing to you?" gravely inquired the priest.
+
+"No, he hasn't and I don't belave he intinds to," answered Mary, wiping
+her eyes and trying to be composed. "There is something about Jimmy
+that is holding him back. Mrs. Dolan thought you'd help me."
+
+"What do you want me to do, Mary?" asked Father Michael.
+
+"Two things," answered Mary promptly. "I want you to tell me what Jimmy
+confissed to you before he died, and then I want you to talk to Dannie
+and show him that he is free from any promise that Jimmy might have got
+out of him. Will you?"
+
+"A dying confession--" began the priest.
+
+"Yes, but I know--" broke in Mary. "I saw them fight, and I heard Jimmy
+till Dannie that he'd lied to him to separate us, but he turned right
+around and took it back and I knew Dannie belaved him thin; but he
+can't after Jimmy confissed it again to both of you."
+
+"What do you mean by 'saw them fight?'" Father Michael was leaning
+toward Mary anxiously.
+
+Mary told him.
+
+"Then that is the explanation to the whole thing," said the priest.
+"Dannie did believe Jimmy when he took it back, and he died before he
+could repeat to Dannie what he had told me. And I have had the feeling
+that Dannie thought himself in a way to blame for Jimmy's death."
+
+"He was not! Oh, he was not!" cried Mary Malone. "Didn't I live there
+with them all those years? Dannie always was good as gold to Jimmy. It
+was shameful the way Jimmy imposed on him, and spint his money, and
+took me from him. It was shameful! Shameful!"
+
+"Be calm! Be calm!" cautioned Father Michael. "I agree with you. I am
+only trying to arrive at Dannie's point of view. He well might feel
+that he was responsible, if after humoring Jimmy like a child all his
+life, he at last lost his temper and dealt with him as if he were a
+man. If that is the case, he is of honor so fine, that he would
+hesitate to speak to you, no matter what he suffered. And then it is
+clear to me that he does not understand how Jimmy separated you in the
+first place."
+
+"And lied me into marrying him, whin I told him over and over how I
+loved Dannie. Jimmy Malone took iverything I had to give, and he left
+me alone for fiftane years, with my three little dead babies, that died
+because I'd no heart to desire life for thim, and he took my youth, and
+he took my womanhood, and he took my man--" Mary arose in primitive
+rage. "You naden't bother!" she said. "I'm going straight to Dannie
+meself."
+
+"Don't!" said Father Michael softly. "Don't do that, Mary! It isn't the
+accepted way. There is a better! Let him come to you."
+
+"But he won't come! He don't know! He's in Jimmy's grip tighter in
+death than he was in life." Mary began to sob again.
+
+"He will come," said Father Michael. "Be calm! Wait a little, my child.
+After all these years, don't spoil a love that has been almost
+unequaled in holiness and beauty, by anger at the dead. Let me go to
+Dannie. We are good friends. I can tell him Jimmy made a confession to
+me, that he was trying to repeat to him, when punishment, far more
+awful than anything you have suffered, overtook him. Always remember,
+Mary, he died unshriven!" Mary began to shiver. "Your suffering is
+over," continued the priest. "You have many good years yet that you may
+spend with Dannie; God will give you living children, I am sure. Think
+of the years Jimmy's secret has hounded and driven him! Think of the
+penalty he must pay before he gets a glimpse of paradise, if he be not
+eternally lost!"
+
+"I have!" exclaimed Mary. "And it is nothing to the fact that he took
+Dannie from me, and yet kept him in my home while he possessed me
+himsilf for years. May he burn----"
+
+"Mary! Let that suffice!" cried the priest. "He will! The question now
+is, shall I go to Dannie?"
+
+"Will you till him just what Jimmy told you? Will you till him that I
+have loved him always?"
+
+"Yes," said Father Michael.
+
+"Will you go now?"
+
+"I cannot! I have work. I will come early in the morning."
+
+"You will till him ivirything?" she repeated.
+
+"I will," promised Father Michael.
+
+Mary went back to Mrs. Dolan's comforted. She was anxious to return
+home at once, but at last consented to spend the day. Now that she was
+sure Dannie did not know the truth, her heart warmed toward him. She
+was anxious to comfort and help him in the long struggle which she saw
+that he must have endured. By late afternoon she could bear it no
+longer and started back to Rainbow Bottom in time to prepare supper.
+
+For the first hour after Mary had gone Dannie whistled to keep up his
+courage. By the second he had no courage to keep. By the third he was
+indulging in the worst fit of despondency he ever had known. He had
+told her to stay a week. A week! It would be an eternity! There alone
+again! Could he bear it? He got through to mid-afternoon some way, and
+then in jealous fear and foreboding he became almost frantic. One way
+or the other, this thing must be settled. Fiercer raged the storm
+within him and at last toward evening it became unendurable.
+
+At its height the curling smoke from the chimney told him that Mary had
+come home. An unreasoning joy seized him. He went to the barn and
+listened. He could hear her moving about preparing supper. As he
+watched she came to the well for water and before she returned to the
+cabin she stood looking over the fields as if trying to locate him.
+Dannie's blood ran hotly and his pulses were leaping. "Go to her! Go to
+her now!" demanded passion, struggling to break leash. "You killed
+Jimmy! You murdered your friend!" cried conscience, with unyielding
+insistence. Poor Dannie gave one last glance at Mary, and then turned,
+and for the second time he ran from her as if pursued by demons. But
+this time he went straight to Five Mile Hill, and the grave of Jimmy
+Malone.
+
+He sat down on it, and within a few feet of Jimmy's bones, Dannie took
+his tired head in his hands, and tried to think, and for the life of
+him, he could think but two things. That he had killed Jimmy, and that
+to live longer without Mary would kill him. Hour after hour he fought
+with his lifelong love for Jimmy and his lifelong love for Mary. Night
+came on, the frost bit, the wind chilled, and the little brown owls
+screeched among the gravestones, and Dannie battled on. Morning came,
+the sun arose, and shone on Dannie, sitting numb with drawn face and
+bleeding heart.
+
+Mary prepared a fine supper the night before, and patiently waited, and
+when Dannie did not come, she concluded that he had gone to town,
+without knowing that she had returned. Tilly grew sleepy, so she put
+the child to bed, and presently she went herself. Father Michael would
+make everything right in the morning. But in the morning Dannie was not
+there, and had not been. Mary became alarmed. She was very nervous by
+the time Father Michael arrived. He decided to go to the nearest
+neighbor, and ask when Dannie had been seen last. As he turned from the
+lane into the road a man of that neighborhood was passing on his wagon,
+and the priest hailed him, and asked if he knew where Dannie Macnoun
+was.
+
+"Back in Five Mile Hill, a man with his head on his knees, is a-settin'
+on the grave of Jimmy Malone, and I allow that would be Dannie Macnoun,
+the damn fool!" he said.
+
+Father Michael went back to the cabin, and told Mary he had learned
+where Dannie was, and to have no uneasiness, and he would go to see him
+immediately.
+
+"And first of all you'll tell him how Jimmy lied to him?"
+
+"I will!" said the priest.
+
+He entered the cemetery, and walked slowly to the grave of Jimmy
+Malone. Dannie lifted his head, and stared at him.
+
+"I saw you," said Father Michael, "and I came in to speak with you." He
+took Dannie's hand. "You are here at this hour to my surprise."
+
+"I dinna know that ye should be surprised at my comin' to sit by Jimmy
+at ony time," coldly replied Dannie. "He was my only friend in life,
+and another mon so fine I'll never know. I often come here."
+
+The priest shifted his weight from one foot to the other, and then he
+sat down on a grave near Dannie. "For a year I have been waiting to
+talk with you," he said.
+
+Dannie wiped his face, and lifting his hat, ran his fingers through his
+hair, as if to arouse himself. His eyes were dull and listless. "I am
+afraid I am no fit to talk sensibly," he said. "I am much troubled.
+Some other time----"
+
+"Could you tell me your trouble?" asked Father Michael.
+
+Dannie shook his head.
+
+"I have known Mary Malone all her life," said the priest softly, "and
+been her confessor. I have known Jimmy Malone all his life, and heard
+his dying confession. I know what it was he was trying to tell you when
+he died. Think again!"
+
+Dannie Macnoun stood up. He looked at the priest intently. "Did ye come
+here purposely to find me?"
+
+"Yes."
+
+"What do ye want?"
+
+"To clear your mind of all trouble, and fill your heart with love, and
+great peace, and rest. Our Heavenly Father knows that you need peace of
+heart, and rest, Dannie."
+
+"To fill my heart wi' peace, ye will have to prove to me that I'm no
+responsible fra the death of Jimmy Malone; and to give it rest, ye will
+have to prove to me that I'm free to marry his wife. Ye can do neither
+of those things."
+
+"I can do both," said the priest calmly. "My son, that is what I came
+to do."
+
+Dannie's face grew whiter and whiter, as the blood receded, and his big
+hands gripped at his sides.
+
+"Aye, but ye canna!" he cried desperately. "Ye canna!"
+
+"I can," said the priest. "Listen to me! Did Jimmy get anything at all
+said to you?"
+
+"He said, 'Mary,' then he choked on the next word, then he gasped out
+'yours,' and it was over."
+
+"Have you any idea what he was trying to tell you?"
+
+"Na!" answered Dannie. "He was mortal sick, and half delirious, and I
+paid little heed. If he lived, he would tell me when he was better. If
+he died, nothing mattered, fra I was responsible, and better friend mon
+never had. There was nothing on earth Jimmy would na have done for me.
+He was so big hearted, so generous! My God, how I have missed him! How
+I have missed him!"
+
+"Your faith in Jimmy is strong," ventured the bewildered priest, for he
+did not see his way.
+
+Dannie lifted his head. The sunshine was warming him, and his thoughts
+were beginning to clear.
+
+"My faith in Jimmy Malone is so strong," he said, "that if I lost it, I
+never should trust another living mon. He had his faults to others, I
+admit that, but he never had ony to me. He was my friend, and above my
+life I loved him. I wad gladly have died to save him."
+
+"And yet you say you are responsible for his death!"
+
+"Let me tell ye!" cried Dannie eagerly, and began on the story the
+priest wanted to hear from him. As he finished Father Michael's face
+lighted.
+
+"What folly!" he said, "that a man of your intelligence should torture
+yourself with the thought of responsibility in a case like that. Any
+one would have claimed the fish in those circumstances. Priest that I
+am, I would have had it, even if I fought for it. Any man would! And as
+for what followed, it was bound to come! He was a tortured man, and a
+broken one. If he had not lain out that night, he would a few nights
+later. It was not in your power to save him. No man can be saved from
+himself, Dannie. Did what he said make no impression on you?"
+
+"Enough that I would have killed him with my naked hands if he had na
+taken it back. Of course he had to retract! If I believed that of
+Jimmy, after the life we lived together, I would curse God and mon, and
+break fra the woods, and live and dee there alone."
+
+"Then what was he trying to tell you when he died?" asked the
+bewildered priest.
+
+"To take care of Mary, I judge."
+
+"Not to marry her; and take her for your own?"
+
+Dannie began to tremble.
+
+"Remember, I talked with him first," said Father Michael, "and what he
+confessed to me, he knew was final. He died before he could talk to
+you, but I think it is time to tell you what he wanted to say.
+He--he--was trying--trying to tell you, that there was nothing but love
+in his heart for you. That he did not in any way blame you. That--that
+Mary was yours. That you were free to take her. That----"
+
+"What!" cried Dannie wildly. "Are ye sure? Oh, my God!"
+
+"Perfectly sure!" answered Father Michael. "Jimmy knew how long and
+faithfully you had loved Mary, and she had loved you----"
+
+"Mary had loved me? Carefu', mon! Are ye sure?"
+
+"I know," said Father Michael convincingly. "I give you my priestly
+word, I know, and Jimmy knew, and was altogether willing. He loved you
+deeply, as he could love any one, Dannie, and he blamed you for nothing
+at all. The only thing that would have brought Jimmy any comfort in
+dying, was to know that you would end your life with Mary, and not hate
+his memory."
+
+"Hate!" cried Dannie. "Hate! Father Michael, if ye have come to tell me
+that Jimmy na held me responsible fra his death, and was willing fra me
+to have Mary, your face looks like the face of God to me!" Dannie
+gripped the priest's hand. "Are ye sure? Are ye sure, mon?" He almost
+lifted Father Michael from the ground.
+
+"I tell you, I know! Go and be happy!"
+
+"Some ither day I will try to thank ye," said Dannie, turning away.
+"Noo, I'm in a little of a hurry." He was half way to the gate when he
+turned back. "Does Mary know this?" he asked.
+
+"She does," said the priest. "You are one good man, Dannie, go and be
+happy, and may the blessing of God go with you."
+
+Dannie lifted his hat.
+
+"And Jimmy, too," he said, "put Jimmy in, Father Michael."
+
+"May the peace of God rest the troubled soul of Jimmy Malone," said
+Father Michael, and not being a Catholic, Dannie did not know that from
+the blessing for which he asked.
+
+He hurried away with the brightness of dawn on his lined face, which
+looked almost boyish under his whitening hair.
+
+Mary Malone was at the window, and turmoil and bitterness were
+beginning to burn in her heart again. Maybe the priest had not found
+Dannie. Maybe he was not coming. Maybe a thousand things. Then he WAS
+coming. Coming straight and sure. Coming across the fields, and leaping
+fences at a bound. Coming with such speed and force as comes the strong
+man, fifteen years denied. Mary's heart began to jar, and thump, and
+waves of happiness surged over her. And then she saw that look of dawn,
+of serene delight on the face of the man, and she stood aghast. Dannie
+threw wide the door, and crossed her threshold with outstretched arms.
+
+"Is it true?" he panted. "That thing Father Michael told me, is it
+true? Will ye be mine, Mary Malone? At last will you be mine? Oh, my
+girl, is the beautiful thing that the priest told me true?"
+
+"THE BEAUTIFUL THING THAT THE PRIEST TOLD HIM!"
+
+Mary Malone swung a chair before her, and stepped back. "Wait!" she
+cried sharply. "There must be some mistake. Till me ixactly what Father
+Michael told you?"
+
+"He told me that Jimmy na held me responsible fra his death. That he
+loved me when he died. That he was willing I should have ye! Oh, Mary,
+wasna that splendid of him. Wasna he a grand mon? Mary, come to me. Say
+that it's true! Tell me, if ye love me."
+
+Mary Malone stared wide-eyed at Dannie, and gasped for breath.
+
+Dannie came closer. At last he had found his tongue. "Fra the love of
+mercy, if ye are comin' to me, come noo, Mary" he begged. "My arms will
+split if they dinna get round ye soon, dear. Jimmy told ye fra me,
+sixteen years ago, how I loved ye, and he told me when he came back how
+sorry ye were fra me, and he--he almost cried when he told me. I never
+saw a mon feel so. Grand old Jimmy! No other mon like him!"
+
+Mary drew back in desperation.
+
+"You see here, Dannie Micnoun!" she screamed. "You see here----"
+
+"I do," broke in Dannie. "I'm lookin'! All I ever saw, or see now, or
+shall see till I dee is 'here,' when 'here' is ye, Mary Malone. Oh! If
+a woman ever could understand what passion means to a mon! If ye knew
+what I have suffered through all these years, you'd end it, Mary
+Malone."
+
+Mary gave the chair a shove. "Come here, Dannie," she said. Dannie
+cleared the space between them. Mary set her hands against his breast.
+"One minute," she panted. "Just one! I have loved you all me life, me
+man. I niver loved any one but you. I niver wanted any one but you. I
+niver hoped for any Hivin better than I knew I'd find in your arms.
+There was a mistake. There was an awful mistake, when I married Jimmy.
+I'm not tillin' you now, and I niver will, but you must realize that!
+Do you understand me?"
+
+"Hardly," breathed Dannie. "Hardly!"
+
+"Will, you can take your time if you want to think it out, because
+that's all I'll iver till you. There was a horrible mistake. It was YOU
+I loved, and wanted to marry. Now bend down to me, Dannie Micnoun,
+because I'm going to take your head on me breast and kiss your dear
+face until I'm tired," said Mary Malone.
+
+An hour later Father Michael came leisurely down the lane, and the
+peace of God was with him.
+
+A radiant Mary went out to meet him.
+
+"You didn't till him!" she cried accusingly. "You didn't till him!"
+
+The priest laid a hand on her head.
+
+"Mary, the greatest thing in the whole world is self-sacrifice," he
+said. "The pot at the foot of the rainbow is just now running over with
+the pure gold of perfect contentment. But had you and I done such a
+dreadful thing as to destroy the confidence of a good man in his
+friend, your heart never could know such joy as it now knows in this
+sacrifice of yours; and no such blessed, shining light could illumine
+your face. That is what I wanted to see. I said to myself as I came
+along, 'She will try, but she will learn, as I did, that she cannot
+look in his eyes and undeceive him. And when she becomes reconciled,
+her face will be so good to see.' And it is. You did not tell him
+either, Mary Malone!"
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's At the Foot of the Rainbow, by Gene Stratton-Porter
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AT THE FOOT OF THE RAINBOW ***
+
+***** This file should be named 532.txt or 532.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ https://www.gutenberg.org/5/3/532/
+
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.